US20210361157A1 - Surgical visualization systems - Google Patents
Surgical visualization systems Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210361157A1 US20210361157A1 US17/138,034 US202017138034A US2021361157A1 US 20210361157 A1 US20210361157 A1 US 20210361157A1 US 202017138034 A US202017138034 A US 202017138034A US 2021361157 A1 US2021361157 A1 US 2021361157A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- camera
- retractor
- surgical
- cameras
- insert
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/313—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor for introducing through surgical openings, e.g. laparoscopes
- A61B1/3132—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor for introducing through surgical openings, e.g. laparoscopes for laparoscopy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/00147—Holding or positioning arrangements
- A61B1/00154—Holding or positioning arrangements using guiding arrangements for insertion
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/005—Flexible endoscopes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/04—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor combined with photographic or television appliances
- A61B1/05—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor combined with photographic or television appliances characterised by the image sensor, e.g. camera, being in the distal end portion
- A61B1/051—Details of CCD assembly
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/06—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor with illuminating arrangements
- A61B1/0661—Endoscope light sources
- A61B1/0676—Endoscope light sources at distal tip of an endoscope
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/06—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor with illuminating arrangements
- A61B1/07—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor with illuminating arrangements using light-conductive means, e.g. optical fibres
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/02—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for holding wounds open; Tractors
- A61B17/0206—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for holding wounds open; Tractors with antagonistic arms as supports for retractor elements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/02—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for holding wounds open; Tractors
- A61B17/0218—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for holding wounds open; Tractors for minimally invasive surgery
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/16—Bone cutting, breaking or removal means other than saws, e.g. Osteoclasts; Drills or chisels for bones; Trepans
- A61B17/1604—Chisels; Rongeurs; Punches; Stamps
- A61B17/1606—Chisels; Rongeurs; Punches; Stamps of forceps type, i.e. having two jaw elements moving relative to each other
- A61B17/1608—Chisels; Rongeurs; Punches; Stamps of forceps type, i.e. having two jaw elements moving relative to each other the two jaw elements being linked to two elongated shaft elements moving longitudinally relative to each other
- A61B17/1611—Chisels; Rongeurs; Punches; Stamps of forceps type, i.e. having two jaw elements moving relative to each other the two jaw elements being linked to two elongated shaft elements moving longitudinally relative to each other the two jaw elements being integral with respective elongate shaft elements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/34—Trocars; Puncturing needles
- A61B17/3417—Details of tips or shafts, e.g. grooves, expandable, bendable; Multiple coaxial sliding cannulas, e.g. for dilating
- A61B17/3421—Cannulas
- A61B17/3423—Access ports, e.g. toroid shape introducers for instruments or hands
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/20—Surgical navigation systems; Devices for tracking or guiding surgical instruments, e.g. for frameless stereotaxis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/36—Image-producing devices or illumination devices not otherwise provided for
- A61B90/361—Image-producing devices, e.g. surgical cameras
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/50—Supports for surgical instruments, e.g. articulated arms
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B17/00—Systems with reflecting surfaces, with or without refracting elements
- G02B17/08—Catadioptric systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B21/00—Microscopes
- G02B21/0004—Microscopes specially adapted for specific applications
- G02B21/0012—Surgical microscopes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B21/00—Microscopes
- G02B21/18—Arrangements with more than one light path, e.g. for comparing two specimens
- G02B21/20—Binocular arrangements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B21/00—Microscopes
- G02B21/36—Microscopes arranged for photographic purposes or projection purposes or digital imaging or video purposes including associated control and data processing arrangements
- G02B21/361—Optical details, e.g. image relay to the camera or image sensor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B21/00—Microscopes
- G02B21/36—Microscopes arranged for photographic purposes or projection purposes or digital imaging or video purposes including associated control and data processing arrangements
- G02B21/362—Mechanical details, e.g. mountings for the camera or image sensor, housings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B21/00—Microscopes
- G02B21/36—Microscopes arranged for photographic purposes or projection purposes or digital imaging or video purposes including associated control and data processing arrangements
- G02B21/365—Control or image processing arrangements for digital or video microscopes
- G02B21/367—Control or image processing arrangements for digital or video microscopes providing an output produced by processing a plurality of individual source images, e.g. image tiling, montage, composite images, depth sectioning, image comparison
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B21/00—Microscopes
- G02B21/36—Microscopes arranged for photographic purposes or projection purposes or digital imaging or video purposes including associated control and data processing arrangements
- G02B21/368—Microscopes arranged for photographic purposes or projection purposes or digital imaging or video purposes including associated control and data processing arrangements details of associated display arrangements, e.g. mounting of LCD monitor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B23/00—Telescopes, e.g. binoculars; Periscopes; Instruments for viewing the inside of hollow bodies; Viewfinders; Optical aiming or sighting devices
- G02B23/24—Instruments or systems for viewing the inside of hollow bodies, e.g. fibrescopes
- G02B23/2407—Optical details
- G02B23/2415—Stereoscopic endoscopes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B23/00—Telescopes, e.g. binoculars; Periscopes; Instruments for viewing the inside of hollow bodies; Viewfinders; Optical aiming or sighting devices
- G02B23/24—Instruments or systems for viewing the inside of hollow bodies, e.g. fibrescopes
- G02B23/2476—Non-optical details, e.g. housings, mountings, supports
- G02B23/2484—Arrangements in relation to a camera or imaging device
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B27/00—Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
- G02B27/02—Viewing or reading apparatus
- G02B27/022—Viewing apparatus
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B27/00—Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
- G02B27/02—Viewing or reading apparatus
- G02B27/022—Viewing apparatus
- G02B27/024—Viewing apparatus comprising a light source, e.g. for viewing photographic slides, X-ray transparancies
- G02B27/026—Viewing apparatus comprising a light source, e.g. for viewing photographic slides, X-ray transparancies and a display device, e.g. CRT, LCD, for adding markings or signs or to enhance the contrast of the viewed object
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/00002—Operational features of endoscopes
- A61B1/00043—Operational features of endoscopes provided with output arrangements
- A61B1/00045—Display arrangement
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/34—Trocars; Puncturing needles
- A61B17/3417—Details of tips or shafts, e.g. grooves, expandable, bendable; Multiple coaxial sliding cannulas, e.g. for dilating
- A61B17/3421—Cannulas
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/00535—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/34—Trocars; Puncturing needles
- A61B17/3417—Details of tips or shafts, e.g. grooves, expandable, bendable; Multiple coaxial sliding cannulas, e.g. for dilating
- A61B17/3421—Cannulas
- A61B2017/3445—Cannulas used as instrument channel for multiple instruments
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/20—Surgical navigation systems; Devices for tracking or guiding surgical instruments, e.g. for frameless stereotaxis
- A61B2034/2046—Tracking techniques
- A61B2034/2048—Tracking techniques using an accelerometer or inertia sensor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/20—Surgical navigation systems; Devices for tracking or guiding surgical instruments, e.g. for frameless stereotaxis
- A61B2034/2046—Tracking techniques
- A61B2034/2051—Electromagnetic tracking systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/20—Surgical navigation systems; Devices for tracking or guiding surgical instruments, e.g. for frameless stereotaxis
- A61B2034/2046—Tracking techniques
- A61B2034/2055—Optical tracking systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B34/00—Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
- A61B34/20—Surgical navigation systems; Devices for tracking or guiding surgical instruments, e.g. for frameless stereotaxis
- A61B2034/2046—Tracking techniques
- A61B2034/2055—Optical tracking systems
- A61B2034/2057—Details of tracking cameras
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/30—Devices for illuminating a surgical field, the devices having an interrelation with other surgical devices or with a surgical procedure
- A61B2090/306—Devices for illuminating a surgical field, the devices having an interrelation with other surgical devices or with a surgical procedure using optical fibres
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/36—Image-producing devices or illumination devices not otherwise provided for
- A61B90/37—Surgical systems with images on a monitor during operation
- A61B2090/371—Surgical systems with images on a monitor during operation with simultaneous use of two cameras
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B50/00—Containers, covers, furniture or holders specially adapted for surgical or diagnostic appliances or instruments, e.g. sterile covers
- A61B50/10—Furniture specially adapted for surgical or diagnostic appliances or instruments
- A61B50/13—Trolleys, e.g. carts
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B13/00—Optical objectives specially designed for the purposes specified below
- G02B13/06—Panoramic objectives; So-called "sky lenses" including panoramic objectives having reflecting surfaces
Definitions
- Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to surgical devices and visualization systems for use during surgery.
- Some surgical operations involve the use of large incisions. These open surgical procedures provide ready access for surgical instruments and the hand or hands of the surgeon, allowing the user to visually observe and work in the surgical site, either directly or through an operating microscope or with the aide of loupes. Open surgery is associated with significant drawbacks, however, as the relatively large incisions result in pain, scarring, and the risk of infection as well as extended recovery time. To reduce these deleterious effects, techniques have been developed to provide for minimally invasive surgery. Minimally invasive surgical techniques, such as endoscopy, laparoscopy, arthroscopy, pharyngo-laryngoscopy, as well as small incision procedures utilizing an operating microscope for visualization, utilize a significantly smaller incision than typical open surgical procedures.
- Specialized tools may then be used to access the surgical site through the small incision.
- the surgeon's view and workspace of the surgical site is limited.
- visualization devices such as endoscopes, laparoscopes, and the like can be inserted percutaneously through the incision to allow the user to view the surgical site.
- a medical apparatus for use with a surgical tubular retractor configured to hold open an incision and thereby provide a pathway for access of surgical tools to a surgical site, the surgical retractor having a first end, a second end, and a longitudinal axis extending between the first and second ends, wherein the pathway extends along the longitudinal axis into the surgical site and the first end is more proximal than the second end, the apparatus comprising: an imaging insert configured to be received within the tubular retractor, the imaging insert comprising a proximal end and a distal end, wherein the imaging insert is configured to extend along the longitudinal axis of the tubular retractor between the first and second ends of the tubular retractor without substantially obstructing the pathway and maintaining the pathway allowing the surgical tools to gain access to the surgical site through the proximal end of the imaging insert; and wherein the imaging insert comprises: a proximal head of the imaging insert at the proximal end, the proximal head configured to be disposed above the first end
- the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert further comprises an illumination assembly disposed on an inner surface of the imaging insert.
- the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert is substantially tubular and an outer surface of the imaging insert is configured to contact an inner surface of the tubular retractor.
- the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises one or more pieces configured to be extending from the proximal head, and wherein an outer surface of the one or more a pieces is configured to contact an inner surface of the tubular retractor.
- the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises one or more pieces configured to be disposed adjacent to one another, and wherein an outer surface of the one or more a pieces is configured to contact an inner surface of the tubular retractor.
- the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises one or more annular pieces configured to be disposed adjacent to one another to form a substantially tubular insert, and wherein an outer surface of the one or more annular pieces is configured to contact an inner surface of the tubular retractor.
- the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises a restraint configured to prohibit the imaging insert from passing completely through the pathway of the tubular retractor.
- the medical apparatus wherein the proximal head of the imaging insert is wider than a distal portion of the imaging insert to restrain the imaging insert from passing completely through the pathway of the tubular retractor.
- the medical apparatus wherein the proximal end of the imaging insert abuts the first end of the tubular retractor and the distal end of the insert is configured to be aligned with the second end of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert is configured to slidably engage with the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises a ridge on an outer surface configured to correspond to a groove on an inner surface of the tubular retractor, wherein the groove is configured to receive the ridge and to allow the insert to be slidably engaged with the retractor.
- the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises a groove on an outer surface configured to correspond to a ridge on an inner surface of the tubular retractor, wherein the groove is configured to receive the ridge and to allow the insert to be slidably engaged with the retractor.
- the medical apparatus wherein at least one of the plurality of cameras are on a flexible cable is configured to be moved between the proximal and distal end of the imaging insert.
- the medical apparatus wherein the flexible cable is configured to be fed through a slot on the proximal head of the imaging insert, wherein the at least one of the plurality of cameras on the flexible cable is moved closer or further from the distal end as the flexible cable is raised and lowered within the imaging insert.
- the medical apparatus further comprising a plurality of connectors on the proximal head of the imaging insert, wherein the plurality of connectors comprise an optical fiber input port, a fluid port, or an air port.
- the medical apparatus wherein the illumination assembly comprises at least one illumination source, the at least one illumination source comprising light guides or fibers.
- the medical apparatus wherein the illumination assembly comprises at least one illumination source, the at least one illumination source configured to be longitudinally movable along a length of the imaging insert.
- the medical apparatus wherein the plurality of cameras are configured to be longitudinally movable along a length of the imaging insert.
- a medical apparatus comprising: a camera platform, the camera platform comprising a camera module; a flexible joint; a movement assembly; and a retractor connector surface, the retractor connector surface configured to be mounted to a surface of a retractor; wherein the flexible joint is configured to permit movement of the camera platform relative to the retractor connector surface.
- the medical apparatus wherein the movement assembly comprises at least one set of push-pull cables.
- the medical apparatus wherein the movement assembly comprises an electro-mechanical actuator configured to actuate the at least one set of push-pull cables.
- the medical apparatus wherein the movement assembly comprises an actuator configured to move the camera platform, wherein the actuator is pneumatically or hydraulically driven.
- a movable mechanical device for positioning a camera on a surgical device.
- the device can include a camera platform configured to attach to the camera, a surgical device connector surface configured to attach to the surgical device, and an electro mechanical actuator configured to control the position of the camera.
- the electro mechanical actuator can comprise a Micro-Electro-Mechanical System (MEMS) actuator.
- the surgical device can include a surgical tool.
- the surgical device can include a retractor configured to hold open a surgical incision and to provide access to a surgical site.
- an imaging module for disposing on a surgical device can be configured to provide images of a surgical site within a field-of-view of the imaging module.
- the imaging module can include at least one optical sensor having at least one active detection area on a front face of the at least one optical sensor.
- the imaging module can also include first and second channels.
- the first channel can include first imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the at least one active detection area to form left-eye view images of the surgical site on the at least one active detection area.
- the first imaging optics can comprise one or more lenses.
- the second channel can include second imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the at least one active detection area to form right-eye view images of the surgical site on the at least one active detection area.
- the second imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- the imaging module can also include redirection optics between the first and second imaging optics and the at least one active detection area.
- the redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the first and second imaging optics to the at least active detection area such that the at least one optical sensor can be oriented so as to reduce obstruction to the surgical site by the at least one optical sensor.
- the imaging module can include a mask associated with the at least one optical sensor. The mask can be configured to partition the at least one active detection area of the at least one optical sensor to define left-eye and right-eye views of the left-eye and right-eye view images.
- the mask can be an electronic mask implemented via software.
- the mask can be configured to be movable along an axis of the at least one optical sensor.
- the mask can include two portions. A distance between the two portions can be configured to be adjustable. For example, the distance between the two portions can be configured to be adjustable to control a convergence angle of the imaging module.
- the mask can comprise an opening and a size of the opening can be adjustable. The mask can be configured to be controllable via a user interface.
- the at least one optical sensor can comprise a single sensor comprising a single chip. In other embodiments, the at least one optical sensor can comprise first and second sensors. In addition, in some embodiments, the redirection optics can comprise first and second prisms.
- the imaging module of certain embodiments can be disposed on a surgical tool.
- the imaging module can be disposed on a retractor configured to hold open a surgical incision and to provide access to the surgical site.
- a stereo optical assembly for disposing on a surgical device.
- the assembly can be configured to provide stereo imaging of a surgical site within a field-of-view of the assembly.
- the stereo optical assembly can include an imaging module.
- the imaging module can include an optical sensor assembly comprising one or more optical sensors.
- the imaging module can also include first and second channels.
- the first channel can comprise first imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the optical sensor assembly to form left-eye view images of the surgical site on the optical sensor assembly.
- the first imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- the second channel can comprise second imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the optical sensor assembly to form right-eye view images of the surgical site on the optical sensor assembly.
- the second imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- the imaging module can also include first and second redirection optics.
- the first redirection optics can be between the first and second imaging optics and the optical sensor assembly.
- the first redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the first and second imaging optics to the optical sensor assembly such that the optical sensor assembly can be oriented so as to reduce obstruction to the surgical site by the optical sensor assembly.
- the second redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the surgical site to the first and second imaging optics.
- the second redirection optics can be configured to control a convergence angle of the imaging module. For example, the second redirection optics is configured to increase the convergence angle of the imaging module.
- the first and second channels can comprise first and second ends respectively.
- the first and second ends can be configured to receive light from the second redirection optics.
- the second redirection optics can comprise first and second optical apertures configured to receive light from the surgical site.
- a center-to-center distance between the first and second optical apertures can be greater than a center-to-center distance between the first and second ends.
- the second redirection optics can include first and second prisms.
- the imaging module is a first imaging module, and the stereo optical assembly further comprises a second imaging module.
- the second imaging module can include a second optical sensor assembly comprising one or more optical sensors.
- the second imaging module can also include a third channel and a fourth channel.
- the third channel can comprise third imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the second optical sensor assembly to form second left-eye view images of the surgical site on the second optical sensor assembly.
- the third imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- the fourth channel can comprise fourth imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the second optical sensor assembly to form second right-eye view images of the surgical site on the second optical sensor assembly.
- the fourth imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- the second imaging module can also include third redirection optics between the third and fourth imaging optics and the second optical sensor assembly.
- the second redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the third and fourth imaging optics to the second optical sensor assembly.
- the first imaging module has a first convergence angle
- the second imaging module has a second convergence angle
- the first convergence angle is substantially equal to the second convergence angle.
- the first imaging module is located at a proximal location
- the second imaging module is located at a distal location
- the distal location is configured to be disposed closer to the surgical site than the proximal location.
- the first imaging module can comprise a movable electronic mask associated with the optical sensor assembly or the second imaging module can comprise a movable electronic mask associated with the second optical sensor assembly.
- the optical sensor assembly comprises a single sensor comprising a single chip.
- the optical sensor assembly comprises first and second sensors.
- the first redirection optics can include first and second prisms.
- the stereo optical assembly of certain embodiments can be disposed on a surgical tool.
- the stereo optical assembly can be disposed on a retractor configured to hold open a surgical incision and to provide access to the surgical site.
- a stereo optical assembly for disposing on a surgical device.
- the assembly can be configured to provide stereo imaging of a surgical site within a field-of-view of the assembly.
- the assembly can include a proximal imaging module at a proximal location.
- the proximal imaging module can be configured to provide a first left-eye view and a first right-eye view of the surgical site.
- the assembly can also include a distal imaging module at a distal location.
- the distal imaging module can be configured to provide a second left-eye view and a second right-eye view of the surgical site.
- the distal location can be configured to be disposed closer to the surgical site than the proximal location.
- an effective separation distance between the first left-eye and right-eye views can be larger than an effective separation distance between the second left-eye and right-eye views.
- the proximal imaging module has a first convergence angle
- the distal imaging module has a second convergence angle
- the first convergence angle is substantially equal to the second convergence angle.
- at least one of the effective separation distance between the first left-eye and right-eye views and the effective separation distance between the second left-eye and right-eye views can be defined by a plurality of prisms.
- the effective separation distance between the first left-eye and right-eye views can be defined by a movable electronic mask associated with an optical sensor of the proximal imaging module or the effective separation distance between the second left-eye and right-eye views can be defined by a movable electronic mask associated with an optical sensor of the distal imaging module.
- an imaging module for disposing on a surgical device can be configured to provide images of a surgical site within a field-of-view of the imaging module.
- the imaging module can include at least one optical sensor having at least one active detection area on a front face of the at least one optical sensor.
- the imaging module can also include first and second channels.
- the first channel can include first imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the at least one active detection area to form left-eye view images of the surgical site on the at least one active detection area.
- the first imaging optics can comprise one or more lenses.
- the second channel can include second imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the at least one active detection area to form right-eye view images of the surgical site on the at least one active detection area.
- the second imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- the imaging module can also include redirection optics between the first and second imaging optics and the at least one active detection area.
- the redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the first and second imaging optics to the at least active detection area such that the at least one optical sensor can be oriented so as to reduce obstruction to the surgical site by the at least one optical sensor.
- the at least one optical sensor can comprise a single sensor comprising a single chip. In other embodiments, the at least one optical sensor can comprise first and second sensors. In addition, in some embodiments, the redirection optics can comprise first and second prisms.
- the imaging module of certain embodiments can be disposed on a surgical tool.
- the imaging module can be disposed on a retractor configured to hold open a surgical incision and to provide access to the surgical site.
- a stereo camera system can include a pair of image sensors comprising a left image sensor and a right image sensor. Each of the pair of image sensors can have an active detection area on a front face of the image sensor.
- the left image sensor can be offset along a first direction from the right image sensor.
- the front face of the left image sensor can be oriented such that a plane of the front face of the left image sensor is parallel to a plane of the front face of the right image sensor.
- the front face of the left image sensor can face the front face of the right image sensor.
- Each of the planes of the front faces can be oriented perpendicular to the first direction.
- the stereo camera system can include a pair of lens trains comprising a left lens train having a plurality of lens elements along a left optical path and a right lens train having a plurality of lens elements along a right optical path.
- the left optical path can be offset along the first direction from the right optical path.
- the stereo camera system can also include a pair of optical redirection elements comprising a left optical redirection element positioned along the left optical path and configured to redirect the left optical path to the front face of the left image sensor and a right optical redirection element positioned along the right optical path and configured to redirect the right optical path to the front face of the right image sensor.
- the left optical redirection element comprises a left prism and the right redirection element comprises a right prism.
- the left prism can be offset from the right prism along the first direction.
- the left prism can comprise a primary reflective face that is orthogonal to a primary reflective face of the right prism.
- the left optical redirection element comprises a left mirror and the right redirection element comprises a right mirror.
- the left optical redirection element can be configured to redirect the left optical path 90 degrees and the right optical redirection element can be configured to redirect the right optical path 90 degrees.
- the redirected left optical path and the redirected right optical path can be anti-parallel to one another. In some embodiments, the left optical path and the right optical path can be parallel.
- the left image sensor can be a two-dimensional detector array and the right image sensor can also be a two-dimensional detector array.
- the left image sensor can be a CCD detector array and the right image sensor can also be a CCD detector array.
- a stereo camera system can comprise a pair of image sensors comprising a left image sensor and a right image sensor.
- the stereo camera system can also comprise a pair of lens trains comprising a left lens train having a plurality of lens elements along a left optical path and a right lens train having a plurality of lens elements along a right optical path.
- the left optical path can be offset laterally from the right optical path.
- the stereo camera system can also comprise a pair of optical redirection elements comprising a left optical redirection element positioned along the left optical path and configured to redirect the left optical path to the front face of the left image sensor and a right optical redirection element positioned along the right optical path and configured to redirect the right optical path to the front face of the right image sensor.
- certain embodiments also include a surgical visualization system comprising a plurality of camera systems. At least one of the plurality of camera systems can include a stereo camera system in accordance with certain embodiments as described herein.
- Various embodiments also include a retractor including a stereo camera system as described herein disposed thereon.
- some embodiments include a surgical tool including a stereo camera system as described herein disposed thereon.
- a surgical visualization system display can include at least one camera configured to acquire video images of a surgical tool.
- the at least one camera can be configured to be disposed on a surgical device.
- the surgical visualization system can also include an image processing system in communication with the at least one camera.
- the image processing system can comprise at least one physical processor.
- the image processing system can be configured to receive tracking information associated with the location of the surgical tool, and to adjust a focal length and/or orientation of the at least one of camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- the image processing system can be configured to adjust a focal length and/or orientation of the at least one camera so as to maintain focus of the surgical tool with movement of the surgical tool.
- the at least one camera can comprise a plurality of cameras.
- the surgical device can comprise a retractor.
- the image processing system can be configured to adjust the focal length of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information. In some embodiments, the image processing system can be configured to adjust the orientation of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- the surgical visualization system display can further include a foot pedal, where actuation of the foot pedal can be configured to send a signal causing the image processing system to receive tracking information associated with the location of the surgical tool, and to adjust a focal length and/or orientation of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- a surgical visualization system display can include at least one camera disposed on a surgical tool and configured to acquire video images of a surgical site.
- the surgical visualization system display can also include an image processing system in communication with the at least one camera.
- the image processing system can comprise at least one physical processor.
- the image processing system can be configured to receive tracking information associated with the location of the surgical tool, and to adjust a focal length and/or orientation of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- the image processing system can be configured to adjust the focal length of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information. In some embodiments, the image processing system can be configured to adjust the orientation of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- a medical apparatus comprising a surgical visualization system console; and a drive system disposed within the console and in communication with at least one surgical tool, wherein the drive system comprises at least one drive board configured to drive the at least one surgical tool.
- the medical apparatus wherein the drive system comprises an ultrasonic driver board.
- the medical apparatus wherein the drive system comprises a radiofrequency (RF) driver board.
- the RF driver board is configured to support at least two modulation formats associated with at least two surgical tools, respectively.
- the medical apparatus wherein the at least one surgical tool comprises an ultrasonic tissue aspirator, bipolar coagulation and cutting tool, bipolar forceps, or a combination thereof.
- the medical apparatus comprising a foot pedal in communication with the drive system.
- the medical apparatus wherein the foot pedal is configured to send a signal to the drive system indicative of a power level associated with the one or more surgical tools.
- the medical apparatus wherein the power level is proportional to a degree to which the foot pedal is configured to be depressed.
- a method of driving surgical tools comprising receiving a signal from a foot pedal to drive a first surgical tool, wherein the signal includes information as to a degree to which the foot pedal is depressed; and driving power to the first surgical tool in proportion to the degree to which the foot pedal is depressed.
- the method further comprising, driving power to a second surgical tool, wherein the second surgical tool has a modulation format different than that of the first surgical tool.
- a surgical visualization system display can include a plurality of cameras, at least one disposed on a retractor.
- a first camera of the plurality can be configured to image fluorescence in a surgical site.
- a second camera of the plurality can be configured to produce a non-fluorescence image of said surgical site.
- the first and second cameras can have different spectral responses. For example, in some embodiments, one of the first and second cameras is sensitive to infrared and the other is not.
- a surgical visualization system configured to receive images from one or more cameras, the surgical visualization system comprising a display, electronics configured to receive and process image signals from the one or more cameras, an input connector configured to fluidly connect with a source of pneumatic pressure, and one or more pneumatic outputs configured to fluidly connect to the input connector.
- surgical visualization system further comprising a hydraulic pressure circuit having one or more valves, wherein at least one of the one or more pneumatic outputs is configured to operate one or more of the valves of the hydraulic pressure circuit.
- surgical visualization system wherein the hydraulic pressure circuit is fluidly connected to one or more surgical tools and is configured to operate the one or more surgical tools using hydraulic pressure.
- surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the one or more valves is an elastomeric proportional valve. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the one or more pneumatic outputs is a solenoid. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the one or more pneumatic outputs is a piston. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the pneumatic outputs is a pneumatic actuator. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system further comprising one or more valves positioned on fluid lines between the source of pneumatic pressure and the one or more pneumatic outputs. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system further comprising a hydraulic cassette assembly.
- surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the one or more pneumatic outputs is configured to operate a cassette lifter configured to raise and/or lower the hydraulic cassette assembly. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein one or more of the pneumatic outputs are configured to operate as a tube ejector for a peristaltic pump.
- a surgical tool comprising a proximal handle portion, a distal handle portion connected to the proximal handle portion and rotatable with respect to the proximal handle portion about an axis of rotation, a base portion connected to the distal handle portion and fixed thereto in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation, a top portion connected to the distal handle portion and movable with respect to the distal handle portion in the direction parallel to the axis of rotation, the top portion having a cutting edge on a distal end of the top portion configured to operate with a cutting portion on the base portion to cut bone or tissue, a proximal actuation chamber within the proximal handle portion, a piston connected to the top portion and fixed thereto in the direction parallel to the axis of rotation; and an actuation element positioned at least partially within the proximal actuations chamber and configured to exert an axial force on the piston in the direction parallel to the axis of rotation.
- the surgical tool further comprising a distal actuation chamber within the distal handle portion.
- the surgical tool further comprising a biasing element positioned within one or more of the proximal handle portion and the distal handle portion and configured to bias the piston in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation and away from a distal end of the base portion.
- the surgical tool wherein the actuation element is a bag or balloon configured to be inflated by a source of physiological saline.
- the surgical tool further comprising a return valve configured to introduce physiological saline to the tool to compress the actuation element.
- a surgical tool comprising; a hydraulic impeller assembly comprising a turbine housing defining a blade cavity, a flow director positioned at least partially within the turbine housing, an impeller having a plurality of impeller blades, the impeller positioned at least partially within the blade cavity, an output shaft rotatably connected to the impeller and configured to transfer a torque from the impeller to a drill, and one or more ports in a wall of the blade cavity providing fluid communication between an interior of the blade cavity and an exterior of the blade cavity; a hydraulic fluid input port; a pneumatic fluid input port; and a controller configured to control a proportion of pneumatic and hydraulic fluids input into the blade cavity.
- the surgical tool further comprising a fluid output port line configured to facilitate fluid communication between at least one of the one or more ports and a hydraulic pressure source.
- the surgical tool further comprising a vacuum source configured to extract fluid from the blade cavity through the one or more ports in the wall of the blade cavity.
- the surgical tool wherein the vacuum source is an external pump.
- the surgical tool wherein the vacuum source is a bypass channel in the turbine housing in fluid communication with the blade cavity via the one or more ports, wherein a low pressure fluid is passed through the bypass channel to draw fluid out from the blade cavity via the Venturi effect.
- the surgical tool wherein the low pressure fluid is a gas.
- the surgical tool wherein at least a portion of the fluid extracted from the blade cavity is physiological saline.
- the surgical tool wherein the hydraulic impeller assembly is configured to receive both pressurized hydraulic fluid and pressurized pneumatic fluid to rotate the impeller.
- the surgical tool wherein the controller is configured to increase the proportion of hydraulic fluid input to the blade cavity when higher torque is desired and to increase the proportion of pneumatic fluid input to the blade cavity when a higher rotational speed is desired.
- a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, and a hydraulic system configured to deliver fluid to the at least one camera to remove obstructions therefrom, wherein said hydraulic system comprises a pulsing valve connected to a high pressure source of said fluid configured to provide pulses of fluid.
- said pulsing valve comprises a pop off valve configured to open when a pressure threshold is reached to provide increased pressure beyond the threshold value resulting in a pulse of liquid from the pulsing valve.
- said at least one camera comprises a plurality of cameras and said pulsing valve is disposed in said hydraulic system such that the fluid is delivered to each of the plurality of cameras at the same time.
- the medical apparatus wherein said pulsing valve is disposed in a line that splits into different fluid outlets to clean different cameras, said pulsing valve disposed upstream of said split.
- said hydraulic system is further configured to deliver pressurized air to the at least one camera after said fluid is delivered.
- said surgical device comprises a retractor.
- a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, and a hydraulic system configured to deliver air to the at least one camera, wherein said hydraulic system comprises a pulsing valve connected to a high pressure source of air to provide pulses of air.
- said pulsing valve comprises a pop off valve configured to open when a pressure threshold is reached to provide increased pressure beyond the threshold value resulting in a pulse of air from the pulsing valve.
- a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, said at least one camera having camera optics, and a hydraulic system configured to deliver fluid and air to the camera optics of said at least one camera to remove obstructions therefrom, wherein said hydraulic system comprises a three way valve connected to a supply of said fluid and a supply of high pressure air, said three way valve configured to selectively shut off said supply of fluid and to provide instead pressurized air thereby reducing inadvertent leakage of fluid onto the camera optics.
- said hydraulic system is configured to deliver fluid pulses and air pulses to said at least one camera.
- the medical apparatus further comprising a pop off valve, wherein said three way valve is disposed downstream of said pop off valve.
- the medical apparatus wherein said surgical device comprises a retractor.
- a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, said at least one camera having camera optics, and a hydraulic system comprising a valve connected to a high pressure source of fluid and configured to deliver fluid to the camera optics of said at least one camera to remove obstructions therefrom, wherein said hydraulic system is configured to open said valve periodically based on a pre-programmed schedule or a schedule selected by a user.
- a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, said at least one camera having camera optics, and a hydraulic system comprising a valve connected to a high pressure source of fluid and configured to deliver fluid to the camera optics of said at least one camera to remove obstructions therefrom, wherein said hydraulic system is configured deliver fluid when an obstruction reducing the amount of light entering the camera is detected.
- the medical apparatus wherein said at least one camera produces an image signal and said apparatus is configured to monitor said image signal to determine when visibility is compromised and thereby trigger delivery of said fluid to clean the camera optics.
- the medical apparatus wherein camera intensity is monitored.
- the medical apparatus wherein attenuation of red wavelength compared to green wavelength is monitored to determine whether blood is on the camera reducing the amount of light entering the camera.
- a suction system for a surgical system comprising: a suction cassette including: a cassette housing; and a plurality of ports facilitating fluid communication between an interior and an exterior of the cassette housing; a first suction line in fluid communication with the suction cassette and configured to be positioned in fluid communication with a surgical site; a second suction line in fluid communication with the suction cassette and configured to be positioned in fluid communication with the surgical site; and a storage tank in fluid communication with the suction cassette.
- the suction system further comprising a connector in fluid communication with the suction cassette and with a vacuum source.
- the suction system wherein the vacuum source maintains a pressure below ambient pressure within the storage tank.
- the suction system wherein the first suction line is configured to operate as a high flow suction line to suction heavy bleeding.
- the suction system wherein the second suction line is configured to operate as a low flow suction line to identify and coagulate low flow bleeding.
- the suction system further comprising an intermediate storage tank positioned at least partially within the cassette housing and in fluid communication with one or more of the first suction line and the second suction line.
- the suction system further comprising a pump positioned on a fluid line between the intermediate storage tank and the storage tank to pull material from the intermediate storage tank to the storage tank.
- the suction system wherein the pump is a peristaltic pump.
- a separate apparatus can include a translation system having an upper connecting member and a lower connecting member, the translation system designed to have a component attached to the translation system, wherein the component is configured to translate relative to the upper connecting member along at least a first axis and a second axis, a pitch-yaw adjustment system designed to attach to the component, the pitch-yaw adjustment system designed to rotate the component about a joint around an axis parallel to the first axis and rotate the component about the joint around an axis parallel to the second axis, a first control member designed to attach to the translation system via one or more control member joints, wherein the first control member is physically coupled to both the translation system and the pitch-yaw adjustment system so as to provide control thereto.
- the component can be attached to the lower connecting member via an arm.
- the first control member can be physically coupled to the translation system such that the component can be translated along the first axis or second axis by translating the first control member in the direction parallel to the first axis or second axis respectively.
- the first control member can be designed to connect to a component of the apparatus via a joint having three rotational degrees of freedom.
- the first control member can be designed to connect to the translation system via the lower connecting member.
- the translation system can also include a guide assembly designed to attach the upper connecting member to the lower connecting member, wherein the guide assembly can be positioned between the upper connecting member and the lower connecting member.
- the first control member can be physically coupled to the pitch-yaw adjustment system such that the component can be rotated about the joint around the first axis or second axis by rotating the first control member about the control member joint around an axis parallel to the first axis or second axis respectively.
- the pitch-yaw adjustment system can be designed such that rotation of the first control member about the control member joint can result in about a one-to-one rotation of the component about the joint.
- the pitch-yaw adjustment system can be designed such that rotation of the first control member about the control member joint can result in greater than a one-to-one rotation of the component about the joint.
- the pitch-yaw adjustment system can be designed such that rotation of the first control member about the control member joint can result in less than a one-to-one rotation of the component about the joint.
- FIGS. 1A-C show an embodiment of a surgical retractor device having an integrated imaging assembly.
- FIG. 2A is a schematic illustration of a tubular retractor and an imaging insert including an illumination assembly and a camera module.
- FIG. 2B is a schematic cross-section of a retractor having an imaging insert received therein.
- FIGS. 3A-E are schematic illustrations of a tubular retractor assembly with imaging insert received therein.
- FIG. 4A shows a cross-section of a tubular insert comprising a hollow right circular cylinder having guides on the outer surface of the insert that contact the inner surface of the retractor tube.
- FIG. 4B shows a tubular insert in the shape of a hollow right circular cylinder as and an upper support configured to rest above a retractor.
- FIG. 4B-4E shows tubular inserts partitioned into separate segments as seen in the cross-section orthogonal to the length of the insert.
- FIG. 5A illustrates example embodiments of stereo optical assemblies for proximal and distal cameras on the retractor.
- FIG. 5B illustrates an example two-dimensional image sensor with a pair of prisms and a single chip employed for stereo camera.
- FIG. 5C illustrates an example two-dimensional image sensor with a pair of prisms and two chips employed for stereo camera.
- FIGS. 6A-6D are schematic illustrations of a camera module with flex cable, according to various embodiments.
- FIG. 7A illustrates a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a flexible mount for a camera on a retractor.
- FIG. 7B illustrates an embodiment of the retractor blade, camera, and movement cable system for moving a camera with respect to a retractor blade.
- FIG. 8A shows a schematic illustration of a surgical visualization system including a foot pedal.
- FIG. 8B illustrates an embodiment of multiple foot pedals 10801 within a frame.
- FIGS. 9A-9C are schematic illustrations of an embodiment of a pneumatically actuated tool.
- FIG. 9D is a schematic illustration of another embodiment of a hydraulically actuated surgical device.
- FIG. 9E is a schematic illustration of an embodiment of a cutting tip of the surgical device embodiment of FIG. 9D .
- FIG. 9F is a schematic illustration of another embodiment of a cutting tip of the surgical device embodiment of FIG. 9D .
- FIG. 9G is a schematic illustration of another embodiment of a cutting tip of the surgical device embodiment of FIG. 9D .
- FIG. 10A shows a perspective cross-section of a hydraulic turbine.
- FIG. 10B shows a cross-section of a portion of the hydraulic turbine of FIG. 10A .
- FIG. 10C shows a cross-section of a portion of the hydraulic turbine of FIG. 10A and a diverted fluid flow path.
- FIG. 11 shows one embodiment of an impeller.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic illustration of a medical suction system.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic illustration of a pneumatic actuator circuit.
- FIG. 14A is a perspective view of an embodiment of an apparatus having a translation system and a pitch-yaw adjustment system.
- FIG. 14B is a partial section view of the apparatus of FIG. 14A .
- FIG. 15 is a partial section view of an embodiment of an apparatus having a translation system, a pitch-yaw adjustment system, and a z-distance adjustment system.
- FIG. 16A is a front view of an embodiment of a pitch-yaw adjustment system having greater than a one-to-one adjustment ratio.
- FIG. 16B is a front view of an embodiment of a pitch-yaw adjustment system having a one-to-one adjustment ratio.
- FIG. 16C is a front view of an embodiment of a pitch-yaw adjustment system having less than a one-to-one adjustment ratio.
- FIG. 16D is a front view of an embodiment of a pitch-yaw adjustment system having a variable adjustment ratio.
- FIG. 17 is a perspective view of an embodiment of an arm for a component.
- FIG. 18 is a perspective view of an embodiment of an arm for a component.
- FIG. 19A is a perspective view of an embodiment of a z-distance adjustment system.
- FIG. 19B is a perspective view of an embodiment of a z-distance adjustment system.
- FIGS. 1A-C show one embodiment a surgical retractor device that includes an integrated imaging assembly.
- the imaging assembly includes a plurality of integrated cameras.
- the retractor 100 includes three blades 101 , however, more or less may be included depending on the design.
- Each of the blades may be attached to an articulable arm 103 that allows for the position of the blades to be adjusted during the operation. For example, following a small incision, the three blades 101 can be arranged in a closed position where each are positioned close to one another. In this closed configuration, the three blades can be introduced through the incision, and then expanded to provide for an operating pathway or working space.
- the surgical area may be at least 400 mm 2 , for example, have an opening with an areas between 400 and 2100 mm 2 .
- the working space may be an area centrally located between retractor blades (or within the lumen of a tubular retractor) that allows for surgical tools or other instruments to pass through.
- each of the blades 101 includes one or more integrated cameras, or cameras with combined stereo paths to one sensor or camera module 105 .
- the number of camera modules and configurations can vary.
- each camera module 105 includes a camera 107 and one or more, or two illumination sources 109 disposed on opposite sides of the camera 107 .
- the number of illumination sources per camera module may vary.
- the illumination sources may not be disposed directly adjacent any particular camera.
- the illumination sources can be omitted, and the camera module can rely on ambient supplementary or overhead light or light directed from a light source located elsewhere.
- the orientation of an integrated camera 107 may be substantially fixed with respect to the retractor blade 101 or other surgical tool.
- the camera 107 and/or the camera module 105 may be adjustable with respect to the retractor blade 101 .
- the retractor blades 101 are substantially rigid.
- the retractor blades may be malleable, and may have a wide range of different structural features such as width, tension, etc. For example, stronger, larger retractor blades may be desired for spinal and trans-oral surgery, while weaker, smaller retractor blades may be desired for neurosurgery.
- the retractor can be configured such that different blades can be arranged as desired.
- Each of the camera modules 105 are in electrical communication with an aggregator 104 .
- the aggregator 104 is configured to receive input from each of the camera modules 105 , and to connect to external components via electrical cable 108 .
- the hub or aggregator 104 may receive image data from each of the camera modules 105 and may transmit the image data to an image processing module (not shown).
- the wiring connecting the camera modules 105 with the aggregator 104 is imbedded within the retractor blades 101 and articulating arms 103 and is not visible.
- cables connecting the camera modules 105 with the aggregator 104 may be adhered (either permanently or non-permanently, e.g., releasably) to the exterior surface of the retractor 100 .
- the hub or aggregator 104 is affixed to an upper surface of the retractor 100 .
- the aggregator may be positioned at any locations relative to the retractor 100 , or may be disconnected from the retractor 100 altogether.
- the aggregator may contain camera interface electronics, tracker interface electronics and SERDES to produce a high speed serial cable supporting all cameras in use.
- the retractor camera output is coupled to a console which causes video from the retractor camera to be presented on display.
- the camera modules 105 may be removably attached to the retractor blades 101 .
- the camera modules 105 can be disposed within pre-positioned receptacles on the retractor blades 101 or other surgical device.
- the camera modules 105 can be disposed at a plurality or range of locations desired by the user on the retractor blades 101 .
- the orientation and position of the sensors can be adjusted by the user, e.g., physician, nurse, technician, or other clinician.
- the camera may be disposed on a track such that the camera can slide up and down the retractor, e.g., retractor blade.
- the height of the camera or camera within or above the surgical site may thereby be adjusted as desired. Other arrangements for laterally adjusting the position of the camera may be used. Additionally, in various embodiments, the cameras may be configured to have tip and/or tilt adjustment such that the attitude or orientation of the camera may be adjusted. The line of sight or optical axis of the cameras can thereby be adjusted to, for example, be directed more downward into the surgical site or be directed less into the surgical sight and more level or angled in different lateral directions.
- the camera modules 105 can include sensors or markers for, e.g., electromagnetic or optical tracking or use encoders, accelerometers, gyroscopes, or inertial measurement units (IMUs) or combinations thereof or any other orientation and/or position sensors, as described in more detail below. Tracking can provide location and/or orientation of the cameras. The images obtained by the cameras may be stitched together or tiled using image processing techniques. Tracking or otherwise knowing the relative locations of the sensor can assist in image processing and display formatting.
- IMUs inertial
- pairs of cameras together provide information for creating a stereo effect or 3-dimensional (3D) image. Pairs of cameras, for example, may be included on each of the blades 101 of the retractor 100 .
- the retractor is configured to hold open tissue so as to produce an open region or cavity centrally located between the blades.
- this open central region is unobstructed by the retractor.
- the central portions of the open region would be unobstructed by features of the retractor such that the surgeon would have clear access to the surgical site. The surgeon could thus more freely introduce and utilize his or her tools on locations within the surgical site. Additionally, this may enable the surgeon to use tools with both hands without the need to hold an endoscope.
- the cameras are disposed on the blades of the retractor such that the cameras face inward toward the surgical site that would be held open by the retractor blades.
- the cameras in this example would be disposed about the central open region held open by the retractor blades so as to provide views from locations surrounding the surgical site. The camera thus would face objects within the surgical site such as structures on which tools would be used by the surgeon to operate.
- the cameras on two of the blades face each other such that the leftmost blade and the cameras thereon would be in the field-of-view of the cameras on the rightmost blade and vice versa.
- the cameras on the leftmost blade may be anti-parallel to the cameras on the rightmost blade and have optical axes oriented at an angle, ⁇ , of 180° with respect to each other.
- the cameras on the remaining blade may be directed orthogonally to the other two blades and thus have optical axes directed at an angle, ⁇ , of 90° with respect to each other.
- Retractors with cameras can be reaffixed to a frame or mounting structure during a procedure and the cameras can reorient themselves with respect to relative position within an array of the cameras through their communication protocol with the aggregator and video switching unit.
- the field-of-views of the different cameras may overlap.
- Image processing may be employed to yield increased resolution at the regions of overlap.
- the number of sensors used may be increased to provide increased field-of-view and/or resolution.
- cameras with overlapping images can be electronically magnified thereby making their images adjacent rather than overlapping.
- a minimally invasive spine surgery can use a tubular retractor having a circular working space with a diameter of approximately 25 mm.
- the retractor contains blades, fingers, or at least one barrier such as e.g., a tube that holds tissue back to maintain open the surgical site.
- Multiple cameras located on the retractor at locations within the surgical field or in very close proximity thereto, e.g., within 75 mm of the surgical opening, can provide a useful viewpoint for the surgeon.
- the cameras may for example be located on the blades, fingers, tubular barrier, or other portion of the retractor close to the surgical field or within the patient and the surgical field.
- the cameras may include pairs of cameras arranged and/or oriented to provide stereo and thus 3D imaging or single CMOS camera chips with dual optics to provide stereo.
- the cameras may be located at various locations in relation to surgical devices, for example, the cameras can be located proximally and distally along or near a retractor, wherein the location of the cameras can be configured to facilitate both the progression of surgery and an enhanced view or view selection of an area of interest.
- Tubular Retractor
- FIG. 2A is a schematic illustration of a tubular retractor and an imaging insert including an illumination assembly and a camera module.
- a tubular retractor 10650 is sized and configured to receive an insert 10652 therein, which includes an illumination assembly 10654 and a camera module 10600 .
- the camera module 10600 is slidably received within the insert 10652 , allowing for the camera module 10600 to be raised and lowered (i.e. advanced distally or retracted proximally) with respect to the insert 10652 .
- the illumination assembly 10654 in the illustrated embodiment takes a curvilinear shape, forming a C-shape as seen in plan view (for example, from the top in FIG. 2A ).
- An optical fiber input port 10656 is configured to receive an optical fiber line such as an optical fiber bundle which delivers light to the illumination assembly. Interior light guides or fibers carry received light from the input port 10656 to output ends disposed at the distal end 10658 of the illumination assembly 10654 . In use, light output from the distal end of the illumination assembly 10658 can illuminate the field of view to be imaged by the camera module 10600 .
- a single camera module 10600 is disposed within the insert 10652 .
- more camera modules 10600 can be coupled with the insert 10652 .
- a retractor 10650 has received therein an insert 10652 which includes an illumination assembly 10654 and four camera modules 10600 .
- four outputs 10658 of the illumination assembly are interspersed between adjacent camera modules 10600 .
- FIGS. 3A-D are schematic illustrations of a tubular retractor assembly with an imaging insert received therein.
- FIGS. 3A-B show side perspective views with FIGS. 3C-D showing top and bottom views, respectively.
- FIG. 3E shows an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the tubular retractor assembly with imaging insert received therein.
- the insert 10652 is received within tubular retractor 10650 , with a proximal head 10660 of the insert 10652 resting above the tubular retractor 16050 .
- the insert comprises a restraint configured to prohibit the insert from passing completely into the working channel of the retractor.
- the proximal head 10660 can be wider than the distal portion of the insert 10652 to thereby restrain the insert 10652 from passing completely into the tubular retractor 10650 .
- the distal end of the insert 10652 is substantially aligned with a distal end of the tubular retractor 10650 (see FIG. 3E ).
- other restraints can be used.
- the restraint can include one or more protrusions from the proximal end of the insert, rather than an entire proximal head portion.
- the restraint can include a ridge on the insert corresponding to a groove in the retractor, wherein the groove is configured to receive the ridge and to allow the insert to be slidably engaged with the retractor, while limiting the relative positions of the two.
- the restraint can similarly include a groove in the insert corresponding to a ridge on the retractor.
- the retractor may assume other shapes, and need not be tubular.
- the retractor 16050 may be rectangular, triangular, elliptical, or may have one or more openings on a side.
- An upper ring 10662 on the top of the proximal head 10660 includes a plurality of slots 10664 configured to receive flex cables 10608 therein.
- the flex cables are described in more detail herein.
- two flex cables 10608 are provided, each directed to a different one of the slots 10664 .
- a rotatable knob 10666 Associated with each slot 10664 is a rotatable knob 10666 which, when actuated, causes the flex cable 10608 to be fed into or out of the insert 10652 .
- the associated flex cable 10608 can be raised or lowered within the insert 10652 , nearer or further from the distal end 10668 .
- different actuation mechanisms may be used to lower or raise the flex cables.
- the cameras disposed on the distal ends thereof are moved closer or further from the distal end 10668 .
- a restraining bar may be provided within the proximal head 10660 to ensure that upon raising the flex cable 10608 (i.e. proximally retracting the flex cable 10608 ), the flex cable 10608 does not bend towards the working space of the retractor.
- a plurality of connectors are provided on the proximal head 10660 of the insert 10652 , including an optical fiber input port 10656 , a fluid port 10670 , and an air port 10672 .
- the fluid port 10670 and air port 10672 can provide fluid, such as saline, and air to the cameras disposed on the flex cables 10608 for cleansing, drying, etc., as described elsewhere herein.
- the insert can additionally include a port for aspiration, for example for removal of blood, saline, or other fluids from the surgical site.
- a rack 10674 is provided that supports the cables attached to the ports 10652 , 10670 , and 10672 as well as the flex cables 10608 .
- a plurality of illumination fibers 10676 extend downward along the length of the insert 10652 .
- the illumination fibers 10676 carry light from the optical fiber input port 10656 and emit the light out of the distal ends of the illumination fibers 10676 , as shown in FIG. 3E .
- the shape and dimensions of the illumination fibers 10676 can be configured to provide appropriate illumination for imaging (e.g., directionality and uniformity), while also preserving working space within the retractor.
- the illumination fibers 10676 can have a substantially rectangular cross-section, such that the width 10678 of the illumination fibers 10676 , which extend along the circumference of the insert 10652 , is longer than the depth 10680 , which extends radially inward from the insert 10652 .
- the ratio of the width to the depth can be between about 1.25 and 5, between about 1.5 and 4, or between about 2 and 3.
- the cross-sectional shape of the illumination fibers 10676 can be curved, for example semi-annular. Light passing along the illumination fibers 10676 propagates along their lengths until being emitted from the distal end. In use, the emitted light illuminates a surgical site.
- an optical element e.g., prism, mirror, lens, etc.
- an insert comprises an upper support configured to rest above a retractor.
- the proximal head of the insert 10660 shown in FIG. 3B comprises such an upper support.
- the support is configured to receive camera modules within, thereby guiding the camera modules within the interior of the retractor.
- the retractor and the insert can define an interior working space, through which tools can be inserted towards a surgical site.
- the insert can be substantially tubular.
- the outer surface 10702 of the insert can include guides 10704 such as shown in FIG. 4A on the outer surface of the insert which contacts the inner surface 10706 of the retractor tube.
- the guides 10704 can provide for some space between the insert and the inner wall 10706 of the retractor tube.
- the guides 10704 are configured to engage with features such as complementary shaped features on the inner surface 10706 of the (e.g. tubular) retractor, in some cases allowing for aligned insertion of the insert with respect to the retractor.
- the outer wall 10702 of the tubular insert can include ridges configured to mate with corresponding grooves on the inner surface 10706 of the retractor, or vice versa.
- the outer surface 10702 of the tubular insert can be configured to substantially correspond to the inner surface 10706 of the tubular retractor.
- the tubular insert can be characterized by a length and a width.
- the length, L is the length of the cylinder
- the width, W is the diameter of the outer surface of the cylinder.
- the width, W is measured at the distal end.
- the insert comprises an upper support 10708 configured to rest above a retractor.
- the length, L is measured from the distal end of the upper support 10708 where the insert is configured to enter into the retractor.
- the tubular insert may assume other shapes, and need not be right circular cylindrical.
- the tubular insert as seen from a cross-section orthogonal to the length (and z-axis) may be annular, elliptical, rectangular, or other shape.
- the cross-section may be semiannular forming half of an annulus or other fractional parts of an annulus, such as 1 ⁇ 3, 1 ⁇ 4, 2 ⁇ 3s etc.
- the cross-section may form parts of an ellipse, rectangular, or other shape.
- the tubular insert as seen from the cross-section orthogonal to the length thereof (and to the z-axis) may be partitioned into separate components.
- two semi-annular pieces 10710 may be disposed adjacent to one another or abut one another to form the substantially tubular insert.
- three or more separate pieces 10710 may be positioned adjacently to provide the substantially tubular shape.
- such separate pieces can be retained together by a support structure such as the upper support 10708 shown in FIG. 4B .
- the separate pieces may be inserted separately into the retractor.
- each separate piece may be configured to mate with retention features on the retractor, to maintain the separate insert piece in place.
- the insert may be semi-annular corresponding to only a portion of the inner surface 10706 of the tubular retractor.
- one or two of the separate pieces 10710 may be excluded from the insert shown in FIG. 4D .
- one of the separate pieces 10710 may be excluded from the insert shown in FIG. 4C .
- FIG. 4E shows an example embodiment of an insert having two separate pieces 10710 that cover less than 1 ⁇ 2 of the inner surface 10706 of the tubular retractor.
- the two portions 10710 can have different sizes, e.g., arc lengths, as shown in the cross-section orthogonal to the length of the insert (and z axis), which is depicted.
- the insert need not cover substantially all the inner surface 10706 of the tubular retractor.
- the outer surface 10702 of the insert corresponds only to less than 7 ⁇ 8 of the perimeter of the inner surface 10706 of the retractor, in some embodiments less than 3 ⁇ 4, less than 2 ⁇ 3, less than 1 ⁇ 2, or less than 1 ⁇ 3 of the perimeter of the inner surface of the retractor.
- the insert corresponds to at least 1 ⁇ 3 of the perimeter of the inner surface 10706 of the retractor, in some embodiments corresponding to at least 1 ⁇ 2 of the perimeter of the inner surface of the retractor, in some embodiments corresponding to at least 2 ⁇ 3, at least 3 ⁇ 4, or at least 7 ⁇ 8 of the perimeter of the inner surface of the retractor. Combinations of these ranges as well as other ranges are also possible.
- the length of the insert may be greater than the width of the insert. In some embodiments, this width is measured at the distal end of the insert although in other embodiments the width may be measured at the middle of the length of the insert.
- the insert includes an upper support such as 10708 that is wider than the distal end of the insert and the length is measured from the distal end of the support structure where the insert enters the retractor.
- the length of the insert may be least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, or 1.9 the width. In some embodiments, the length of the insert may be least 2, 3, 4, 5, or more times the width.
- the length is less than 6, 5, 4, 3, or 2 times the width thereof.
- the insert may be characterized by a central opening through which tools may be inserted.
- the central opening has a width, W inner , of at least 1 ⁇ 3 of the total width, W, of the insert.
- the central opening can have a width of at least 2 ⁇ 3 of the total width, in some embodiments at least 3 ⁇ 4 of the total width, in some embodiments at least 7 ⁇ 8 of the total width.
- the central opening has a width less than 15/16, 7 ⁇ 8, 3 ⁇ 4, 2 ⁇ 3, or 1 ⁇ 2 the total width.
- the insert can comprise an upper head portion (such as the upper support 10708 shown in FIG. 4B ) and a plurality of elongate support structures for supporting a plurality of cameras and at least one illumination source (represented by components 10714 in FIGS. 4C-4E ).
- Such elongate support structures may correspond to the sections 10710 shown in FIGS. 4C-4E or may be disposed thereon.
- the insert can comprise an upper head portion and a plurality of elongate support structures for supporting a plurality of illumination sources 10714 and at least one camera 10714 .
- access can be provided for tools through the center 10712 of the insert to the surgical site.
- the illumination sources 10714 can comprise light guides or fibers.
- at least one camera 10714 can be disposed at a distal end of an elongate support structure, and at least one camera 10714 can be disposed proximally to the distal end of an elongate support structure.
- a plurality of cameras 10714 disposed on the support structures can face inwards towards the working space 10712 .
- a plurality of cameras 10714 disposed on the support structures can face one another.
- two cameras 10714 disposed on the support structures are arranged at 180 or more degrees with respect to one another. As illustrated in FIG.
- the cameras point in directions having an angle ⁇ of at least 180° with respect to each other or the normals or optical axes of the cameras are directed at an angle ⁇ of at least 180° with respect to each other.
- the lines of sight, optical axes, or normals of the cameras 10714 converge toward a common area.
- the angle need not be limited to 180 or more degrees.
- two cameras 10714 disposed on the support structures are arranged at 90 or more degrees with respect to one another, that is, the cameras 10714 point in directions having an angle ⁇ of at least 90° with respect to each other or the normals or optical axes of the cameras are directed at an angle ⁇ of at least 90° with respect to each other.
- the lines of sight, normals or optical axes, of the cameras 10714 converge toward a common area.
- the two cameras 10714 are arranged at at least 45 degrees with respect to one another, in some embodiments at least 30 degrees with respect to one another.
- the plurality of cameras 10714 comprises at least three cameras, at least four cameras, at last five cameras, or more.
- the plurality of illumination sources 10714 comprises at least three illumination sources, at least four illumination sources, at least five illumination sources, or more.
- the plurality of cameras 10714 comprises at least two pairs of stereo cameras, at least three pairs of stereo cameras, at least four pairs of stereo cameras, or more. The multiple stereo pairs can be arrange at angles of at least 30°, 45°, 90°, 180° with respect to each other.
- the plurality of elongate support structures comprises at least three elongate support structures, at least four elongate support structures, at least five elongate support structures, or more.
- the elongate support structures are configured such that when the insert is received within the retractor, the average distance separating the outer surface 10702 of the elongate support structures and the inner surface of the retractor is less than 5 mm, less than 4 mm, less than 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1 mm or less and can be touching or be at least 0.2 mm, at least 0.5 mm, at least 1 mm, at least 2 mm, at least 3 mm, at least 4 mm in various embodiments.
- the elongate support structures are configured to guide the insertion of the insert into the retractor.
- At least one of the plurality of cameras 10714 is configured to be longitudinally movable along the length of the elongate support structure. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of illumination sources 10714 is configured to be longitudinally movable along the length of the elongate support structure.
- an insert for a retractor provides rigid support for one or more camera modules 10714 and one or more light sources 10714 , wherein the insert is configured to cover at least 25% of the sidewall of the retractor. In some embodiments, the insert is configured to cover at least 35% of the sidewall, in some embodiments at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or more (e.g. 100%). In some embodiments, the insert is configured to cover at most 90% of the sidewall, in some embodiments at most 80%, at most 70%, at most 60%, at most 50%, or less.
- a plurality of such inserts together covers at least 50% of the sidewall of the retractor, in some embodiments at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or more but may be at most 90% of the sidewall, in some embodiments at most 80%, at most 70%, at most 60%, at most 50%, or less.
- the insert can be spaced apart from the sidewall of the retractor, on average, by less than about 5 mm, less than about 4 mm, less than about 3 mm, less than about 2 mm, or less and can be touching or be, on average, at least 0.2 mm, at least 0.5 mm, at least 1 mm, at least 2 mm, at least 3 mm, at least 4 mm in various embodiments.
- the insert can be spaced apart from the sidewall of the retractor by on average less than about 10% of the width, W, of the insert, by less than about 5% of the width of the insert, by less than about 3% of the width of the insert, or less but can be spaced apart from the sidewall of the retractor by on average at least about 1% of the width, W, of the insert, at least about 3% of the width of the insert, at least about 5% of the width of the insert.
- the insert is generally disposed against and touches the inner surface 10706 of the retractor.
- the plurality of inserts can together provide a central access 10712 for tools through the retractor to a surgical site.
- an insert for a retractor provides rigid support for one or more camera modules and/or one or more light sources 10714 , wherein the insert has a width, W greater than its thickness, T.
- the sidewall 10706 of the insert can be substantially arcuate or curved.
- the sidewall 10706 of the insert is flat, linear, and/or planar.
- the cross-section of the insert, orthogonal to the length (and z axis as shown) can be substantially rectangular.
- the width, W can be at least twice the thickness, T, in some embodiments at least three times, at least four times, at least five times, or more and may be ten times or less, five times or less, four times or less, etc.
- multiple inserts are configured to be simultaneously disposed within the retractor, the inserts together providing a central access 10712 for tools through the retractor to a surgical site.
- a system comprises a retractor having inner sidewalls 10706 , and a conformal insert having a shape corresponding to the inner sidewalls of the retractor.
- the conformal insert has a shape corresponding to at least 25% of the inner sidewalls 10706 of the retractor.
- the conformal insert has a shape corresponding to at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 75%, or more of the inner sidewalls 10706 of the retractor. In some embodiments, the conformal insert is spaced apart from the inner sidewalls 10706 of the retractor by on average less than about 5 mm, less than about 4 mm, less than about 3 mm, less than about 2 mm, or less. In some embodiments, the conformal insert is spaced apart from the inner sidewalls 10706 of the retractor by on average less than about 10% of the width of the insert, by less than about 5%, less than about 3%, or less.
- an insert comprises a top head portion 10708 and a plurality of rigid elongate support structures for supporting proximal and distal cameras 10714 thereon and at least one illumination source 10714 .
- the length, L, of the support structures that is configured to extend into the retractor is greater than the width, W.
- the length of the support structures is at least twice the width, at least three times the width, at least four times the width, or more.
- an insert comprises a top head portion 10708 and a plurality of rigid elongate support structures configured to receive a camera 10714 and at least one illumination source 10714 .
- the length, L, of the support structures that is configured to extend into the retractor is greater than the width, W.
- the length of the support structures is at least twice the width, at least three times the width, at least four times the width, or more.
- FIGS. 6A-6D are schematic illustrations of a camera module with a flex cable, according to one embodiment.
- the camera module 10600 includes a camera 10602 disposed at the distal end, enclosed within housing 10604 .
- the camera 10602 includes a sensor 10606 disposed on flex cable 10608 .
- Optics 10610 are arranged over the sensor 10606 .
- the flex cable 10608 is disposed on a stiffener 10612 , which can be made of, for example, stainless steel or other sufficiently rigid material to support the flex cable 10608 , optics 10610 , sensor 10606 , etc.
- housing 10604 includes a window 10614 through which the image can be taken via optics 10610 and sensor 10606 .
- the window 10614 comprises a sapphire window.
- the housing may comprise a thin wall.
- the housing may be made of electro-formed thin wall stainless steel, and may be laser welded to the stiffener. As described in more detail below, the entire camera module 10600 can be moved proximally or distally to obtain the desired view for imaging.
- FIG. 6D illustrates the proximal end 10616 of the flex cable 10608 , which includes a plurality of electrical leads 10618 on a tab 10619 extending perpendicularly from the longitudinal axis of the flex cable 10608 .
- the L-shaped distal end 10616 can be received within vertical slots 10620 of the aggregator 10622 .
- electrical connection is made between the flex cable 10608 and the aggregator 10622 .
- a lid 10624 can be disposed over the vertical slits 10620 to protect the upward facing electrical connections.
- An open channel 10626 in the aggregator 10622 can be configured to receive fluidics lines, fiber optic cables, or other components. In the illustrated embodiment, the open channel 10626 is disposed beneath the electrical connector slits 10620 . However, in other embodiments the open channel may be arranged next to or above the electrical connector slits.
- the cameras on the retractor blades or flexible cable can be tilted, for example, upward or downwards or sideways or combinations thereof.
- the cameras can be tilted to achieve different orientations of the camera.
- the cameras can be tilted with the use of hydraulic balloon, diaphragm, or bellows actuated pistons thereby orienting the camera in different positions relative to the retractor blade.
- the tilt of the camera can be changed prior to or during a surgical procedure.
- the cameras can be positioned on a stage and the stage can be tilted with the use of hydraulic balloon, diaphragm or bellows actuated pistons thereby orienting the camera in different positions relative to the retractor blade.
- the cameras on the retractor blades can be situated on a track that allows the camera to move vertically (and/or laterally) on the retractor blade thereby changing the position of the camera.
- a vertical position can be set prior to surgery or during surgery.
- the positioning may be performed manually or by using an actuator, such as a motor or other actuator.
- the camera module position and orientation with respect to the retractor can be controlled, for example, remotely controlled.
- the camera may be manipulated to tilt or move vertically or horizontally with respect to the retractor.
- Electrical, manual mechanical, or other means can control and/or drive the position or orientation of the camera.
- the camera movement can be provided by an electro mechanical device such as a piezo or other actuator.
- the camera movement can be provided by one or more Micro-Electro-Mechanical System (MEMS) actuators.
- MEMS Micro-Electro-Mechanical System
- the camera modules can be positioned using a movable mechanical device or system that is manually controlled.
- FIG. 7A illustrates a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a flexible joint or hinge 10812 having a camera platform 10811 and a retractor connector surface 10811 .
- the flexible joint can be a flexible revolute joint or hinge that allows the camera to move relative to the rigid structure of the retractor and/or retractor mounted connection surface 10813 .
- the flexural revolute joint can provide one degree of freedom such as pitch variation.
- the flexural element can promote correct alignment, may have reduced or no stiction, and may be inexpensive and compact.
- the camera platform 10811 can have attached push-pull cables, rods or other members 10814 .
- the push-pull rods or members 10814 can allow for movement of the camera 10811 relative to the retractor blades 10813 .
- the movement of the camera can result from tension (or pressure) forces exerted on a portion of the camera platform 10811 which creates flexing of the flexible joint 10812 . Once the tension (or pressure) is released, the flexible joint allows the camera platform 10811 and camera thereon to return to the unflexed position.
- the cables 10814 (or rods or others members) are connected to a knob or crank 10816 positioned at a proximal or top end of the retractor or retractor blade 10815 . Movement of the knob 10816 creates the force used to actuate the push-pull cables, rods, or members 10814 and provides the movement and locking mechanisms for the cables 10814 .
- One set of push-pull cables, rods, or members 10814 can be provided on each side of the camera platform 10811 to allow movement about a vertical axis of the joint. Such a configuration can allow for one degree of freedom movement of the camera and camera platform 10811 .
- additional push-pull cables, rods, or members 10814 can be provided to support movement of the camera 10811 in additional directions.
- a second set of push-pull cables, rods, or members 10814 can be attached to the top and bottom portions of the camera platform 10811 . Actuation of these cables 10814 can provide movement of the camera platform 10811 about the horizontal axis.
- a flexural gimbal having two degrees of freedom, such as pitch and yaw may be used.
- the hinge, pivot, or joint can be a ball joint or a jeweled pivot.
- the linear motion of the push-pull cable, rod, or member can drive a wedge to create angular motion of the camera with respect to the retractor element 10815 .
- a pull cable, rod or member for pulling (or pushing) can be used with a joint such as a flexural revolute joint that has a flexural spring return.
- the movement is provided with electrical actuators.
- a motor or other electro-mechanical actuator could be used to drive the motion.
- the camera can be actuated pneumatically or hydraulically. Pressurized air or saline can allow for remote actuation of the camera. Bellows or diaphragms may be used to provide the force necessary to rotate or tilt the camera with respect to the retractor blade.
- the pneumatic or hydraulic actuation requires no motors and has greater compatibility with EM tracking devices as described herein. In some embodiments that do not employ a MEMS actuation device, autoclaving can be employed and water damage issues are alleviated.
- FIG. 8A is a schematic illustration of a surgical visualization system including a foot pedal.
- a foot pedal 10801 may be provided for use with the console 10001 .
- the foot pedal 10801 can be positioned adjacent to the console 10001 and within the reach of the foot of a medical professional 10029 , 10031 during use.
- the foot pedal 10801 can communicate with the console 10001 through a connection provided by, for example, a foot pedal cable 10802 .
- the foot pedal 10801 When the foot pedal 10801 is depressed, the foot pedal 10801 provides an output signal through the foot pedal cable 10802 .
- the output signal can allow for control, movement, actuation, or other functionalities provided by the associated console mechanisms, various of which are described herein.
- the foot pedal 10801 and foot pedal cable 10802 can provide for communication with the console 10001 to allow for the medical professional to remotely control the various functions associated with the console 10001 .
- the cable 10802 can be excluded and communication between the foot pedal 10801 and console 10001 can be provide, for example, wirelessly.
- the foot pedal 10801 can activate or control the functions associated with or connected to the console 10001 .
- a medical professional 10029 , 10031 can depress or otherwise activate the foot pedal 10801 .
- such activation can provide for activation or communication with an associated hydraulic, mechanical, or electrical system.
- the activation of the foot pedal 10801 by depressing the foot pedal 10801 can start a hydraulic circuit similar to one that can also control the tools or camera cleaning components as described herein.
- the foot pedal can be used to control the hydraulic system.
- the foot pedal 10801 can be used to operate surgical devices such as a surgical retractor, camera, or tools such as, Kerrison, forceps, or any other tools as disclosed or described herein.
- the foot pedal can be used to control fluid and/or air pulses over the surface of the cameras or for use in the surgical area.
- the foot pedal 10801 can be a proportional foot pedal that allows for proportional control of the associated mechanism.
- the speed or force applied by a tool can be proportional to the depression or force applied by the medical professional to the foot pedal 10801 .
- increasing depression of the foot pedal for example, can close the tool by a proportional amount.
- surgical impedance feedback can be incorporated as described previously. Increased resistance felt by the surgical tool can be communicated to the operator by an increased resistance in the depression of the foot pedal. This allows the medical professional to receive a tactile response to the resistance of the tool even though the tool is operated by a remote foot pedal.
- One or more foot pedals can be utilized to control one device.
- the multiple foot pedals can provide for control of different parameters of a device.
- the one or more foot pedals can each operate or control different tools.
- One foot pedal can operate one device while a second foot pedal can control a second device. Therefore the medical professional can utilize two tools actuated by foot pedals and allowing his or her hands to be free to perform other functions.
- one or more of these foot pedals may be proportional foot pedals and may provide tactile feedback.
- the multiple foot pedals 10801 can be located within the same frame 10803 .
- the single frame 10803 housing the multiple foot pedals 10801 can provide for easy movement and positioning of the foot pedals in a close proximity to the medical professional without unnecessary crowding or reaching required by the surgeon.
- one or more of these foot pedals may be a proportional foot pedal and may provide tactile feedback.
- the console 10001 can contain driver boards for controlling various surgical tools.
- Some embodiments further comprise a foot pedal, which can send a signal to a driver board in the console 10001 upon user actuation of the foot pedal.
- the driver board can control various parameters of the surgical tools, such as power.
- the foot pedal is proportional, so that the degree to which the foot pedal is depressed correlates to the amount of power supplied to a surgical tool and/or the result, e.g., the amount of movement, the speed, etc.
- the driver board can cause the surgical tool to operate at maximum power.
- the driver board can cause the surgical tool to operate at half the maximum power.
- the console 10001 can contain an ultrasonic driver board for driving an ultrasonic tissue aspirator.
- the ultrasonic tissue aspirator can be used for various surgical procedures and operations, such as brain tumor debulking. Brain tumor debulking can be facilitated by various aspirator hand pieces, which can also be driven by the ultrasonic driver board inside the console 10001 .
- the aspirator hand pieces can be reusable according to some embodiments.
- ultrasonic power can be controlled via a proportional foot pedal. For example, depressing the foot pedal can send a signal to the ultrasonic driver board in the console 10001 to deliver power to the ultrasonic tissue aspirator in proportion to the degree to which the foot pedal is depressed.
- one foot pedal may control both the aspiration level and the ultrasonic power level of the ultrasonic tissue aspirator.
- depressing the foot pedal may cause the aspiration level and the ultrasonic power level to increase simultaneously and proportionally.
- the aspiration level and the ultrasound power level may not increase simultaneously and/or proportionally.
- a first depression of the foot pedal e.g., depressing the foot pedal to half its maximum displacement
- a second depression of the foot pedal e.g., depressing the foot pedal from half its maximum displacement to its full maximum displacement
- the sequence may be reversed.
- a first depression of the foot pedal may increase the aspiration level and the ultrasound power level proportionally, and a second depression of the foot pedal may increase the aspiration power level while the ultrasound power level remains constant.
- software may be provided which can be programmed to control the relation between the aspiration level and the ultrasound power level that is output when the foot pedal is depressed.
- the ultrasonic driver board may introduce noise, which may disturb the video output signal from the cameras on the retractors.
- the ultrasonic driver board can be shielded and separated from the other electronic components in the console, such as the flex cables from the cameras on the retractors.
- the surgical visualization system may include a filter configured to filter out the unwanted components of the video from the cameras. Because the noise introduced by the ultrasonic driver boards may be at a particular frequency, a notch filter can be used, the notch being at a dominant frequency of the noise (e.g., at 23 kHz and/or 36 kHz).
- This notch filter may be included with electronics for the surgical visualization system such as electronics on the console and may be in electronics on the console arm such as the distal end of the console arm, e.g., in the CIB.
- the notch filter may comprise one or more digital or analog filters.
- the notch filter is included in a processor.
- the notch filter is included with amplifier circuitry.
- a phase-locked loop can be employed to remove noise introduced by the ultrasonic driver board.
- the phase-locked loop can be used to synchronize a version of the output signal from the ultrasonic driver board with the output video signal of the cameras, such that the noise contribution to the video signal resulting from the ultrasonic driver board can be removed or at least reduced.
- the ultrasonic driver board generates an oscillating signal at a particular frequency (e.g., at 23 kHz and/or 36 kHz) as well as potentially some harmonics. This oscillating signal can introduce noise having similar frequency components into the video signal produced by the camera.
- an output signal of the ultrasonic driver board at this frequency can be compared to the video output signal from the cameras, or a facsimile thereof using the phase-locked loop.
- the phase-locked loop can then lock onto the frequency and phase of the two signals.
- the phase-locked loop would then be used to produce an output similar to the ultrasonic driver board signal but with a frequency and phase that matches the output video signal of the cameras.
- This phase-locked signal can then be subtracted from the video signal output by the cameras so that noise in the video introduced by the ultrasonic driver board can be removed or at least reduced.
- an adaptive filter can be used to provide the correct amplitude of the noise to be subtracted out of the video signal.
- the ultrasonic driver board drives an ultrasonic tissue aspirator, which can be coordinated with a precision suction system.
- the precision suction system can be used for various surgical operations.
- the suction system can be used near fragile veins with precise control of very low vacuum levels.
- the suction system can also be used near ruptured aneurysms where high vacuum levels can be used for suctioning blood.
- Suctioned blood and tissue can be transferred to disposable canisters according to some embodiments.
- the suction system can be used with conventional medical devices, such as reusable and disposable cannulas.
- the suction system can also be coordinated with the ultrasonic tissue aspirator.
- the power and/or vacuum level of the precision suction system can be controlled via a proportional foot pedal.
- a proportional foot pedal for the precision suction system, and a separate proportional foot pedal for the ultrasonic tissue aspirator.
- one proportional foot pedal can be used to control both the ultrasonic tissue aspirator or other tools and the precision suction system.
- an auditory command, a gesture, a touch input, or the like can be used to select the surgical tool controlled by the proportional foot pedal.
- the console include a radiofrequency (RF) driver board in the console 10001 .
- the RF driver board can be configured to drive bipolar radiofrequency (RF) coagulation and cutting tools as well as bipolar forceps.
- the coagulation and cutting tools are disposable.
- the bipolar forceps can be irrigated with pressurized saline from the console 10001 . Saline irrigation can further be utilized to clean the bipolar forceps as well as other surgical tools.
- a proportional foot pedal can be used to control the bipolar RF coagulation and cutting tools and the bipolar forceps. For example, depressing the proportional foot pedal can send a signal to the RF driver board causing the RF tools to operate with more or less power, in proportion to the degree to which the foot pedal is depressed.
- Some embodiments include a proportional foot pedal in communication with the RF driver board and a separate proportional foot pedal in communication with the ultrasonic driver board.
- Other embodiments include one foot pedal in communication with both the RF driver board and the ultrasonic driver board.
- the RF driver board can support multiple modulation formats.
- one RF driver system included in the console can support multiple RF surgical tools and their respective modulation formats.
- the RF driver board may for example, comprise a processor and/or other electronics configured to provide signals with the desired formatting. Amplifiers may be used as well to provide the desired formatting.
- a format is selected and the processor or electronics adjusts so as to output the suitable format.
- the format selected may vary for different surgical tools, tool types, manufacturer's etc. Selection may be provide by the surgeon, a technician, a nurse, or another medical professional.
- the selection may be provided by RFID, EEPROM or other coding associated with the tool such that the presence or connection of the tool activates selection of the proper format.
- the electronics in the RF driver reconfigures the output to be consistent with the selected format.
- only one RF driver system which may be included in the console, may be used to drive the RF surgical tools.
- footpedals may be used to provide control, such as proportional control of electronics, hydraulics, tools, suction, and other functions or combinations of functions.
- Foot pedals are beneficial because control can be provided without employing the hands, which can be used for other aspect of the surgery. In certain embodiments, however, other types of controls other than foot pedals may be used.
- the RF driver board may introduce noise, which may disturb the video output signal from the cameras on the retractors.
- the ultrasonic driver board can be shielded and separated from the other electronic components in the console, such as the flex cables from the cameras on the retractors.
- the surgical visualization system may include a filter configured to filter out the unwanted components of the video from the cameras.
- a notch filter can be used, the notch being at a dominant frequency of the noise.
- the RF driver board may introduce to the video camera output signal a noise frequency of about 300-500 kHz with a modulation scheme of approximately 30 kHz and other harmonics that may be introduced by, for example, changes in the impedance of the tissue surgical site. Therefore, in these embodiments, the notch filter may be configured to filter out from the video camera output signal the dominant frequency, which may be about 500 kHz.
- the noise introduced by the RF driver board may be at relatively high frequencies, such as 400 kHz to 3.5 MHz. Therefore, in some embodiments the surgical visualization system can include a low pass filter to remove these relatively high frequency noise signals from the video camera output signal.
- This notch filter or low pass filter may be included with electronics for the surgical visualization system such as electronics in the console and may be electronics in the console arm such as the distal end of the console arm, e.g., in the CIB.
- the notch filter or low pass filter may comprise one or more digital or analog filters.
- the notch filter or low pass filter is included in a processor.
- the notch filter or low pass filter is included with amplifier circuitry.
- a phase-locked loop can be employed to remove noise introduced by the RF driver board.
- the phase-locked loop can be used to synchronize a version of the output signal from the RF driver board with the output video signal of the cameras, such that the noise contribution to the video signal resulting from the RF driver board can be removed or at least reduced.
- the ultrasonic driver board generates a signal at a particular frequency (e.g., at 500 kHz) as well as potentially some harmonics. This signal can introduce noise having similar frequency components into the video signal produced by the camera.
- an output signal of the RF driver board at this frequency can be compared to the video output signal from the cameras, or a facsimile thereof using the phase-locked loop.
- the phase-locked loop can then lock onto the frequency and phase of the two signals.
- the phase-locked loop would then be used to produce an output similar to the RF driver board signal but with a frequency and phase that matches the output video signal of the cameras.
- This phase-locked signal can then be subtracted from the video signal output by the cameras so that noise in the video introduced by the RF driver board can be removed or at least reduced.
- an adaptive filter can be used to provide the correct amplitude of the noise to be subtracted out of the video signal.
- the cameras located on the retractor can be configured to provide stereo imaging.
- a pair of lenses or lens trains may be included with a pair of optical sensors (or separate portions of a single optical sensor). The lenses form images on the image sensor(s).
- the pair of lens or lens trains and optical sensor(s) can mimic a pair of eyes providing stereo acquired depth perception.
- the cameras can additionally include one or more distal optical elements (e.g., a prism) configured to redirect an optical path or primary optical axis from being parallel with a mechanical axis (e.g., a longitudinal axis of a cable forming part of a camera module) to point inward relative to the mechanical axis.
- the inward pointing angle can be at least 0.1° and/or less than or equal to about 90°, at least about 15° and/or less than or equal to about 75°, or at least about 30° and/or less than or equal to about 45°.
- the optical subassembly can include one or more proximal optical elements (e.g., a prism) to fold the optical path of the optical assembly to be parallel with the mechanical axis (e.g., the longitudinal axis of the cable).
- the optical subassembly can include distal optical elements (e.g., prisms) to further separate stereo optical paths to approximate an inter-pupillary distance, which may in some embodiments, be similar to that provided by an operating room microscope.
- distal optical elements e.g., prisms
- the adjacent right eye and left eye separation can be placed side by side with the lens trains side by side with front collection surface side by side.
- a single image sensor can include masking to separate portions of the sensor for the respective lens trains.
- a center-to-center distance between the front collection surface, for the respective left and right imaging optics, divided by the above working distances approximates the convergence physicians are familiar with such as while using such operating room microscopes.
- the center-to-center separation can be increased by using deviating prisms configured to separate the front collection surface and/or entrance pupils. See, for example, the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b can be used respectively as proximal and distal cameras mounted on a retractor.
- portions of the image sensor can be electronically mapped (e.g., through electronics or image processing methods) as left and right sides of the image sensor for the respective left and right channels of the stereo camera optics.
- a center-to-center distance between the left and right sides, divided by the working distance can be adjusted to approximate the convergence accustomed to by a surgeon.
- the parameters are selected to approximate the convergence typical operating room microscopes.
- the electronic masks can be used to create left- and right-eye views using circular electronic mask openings, square electronic mask openings, or some other shape for the electronic mask openings.
- the electronic mask openings can be movable along an axis of the sensor (e.g., a vertical or horizontal axis) to control convergence.
- the distance between the electronic mask openings can be controlled by a user through user interface elements on the display, such as a graphical user interface.
- the size of the masks e.g., a diameter
- can be electronically fixed in a non-transitory storage medium e.g., an EPROM
- the distance between the electronic mask openings can be configured according to one or more targeted or suitable effects such as, for example, alignment error correction, dead pixel masking, or the like.
- FIG. 5A illustrates example embodiments of stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b comprising lenses and prisms.
- the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b include image sensors 11205 a , 11205 b divided into a left-side and a right-side for producing corresponding left-side and right-side stereo images.
- the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b include first redirection optics 11210 a , 11210 b to fold the optical axis along a path that is substantially perpendicular to the plane of the image sensors 11205 a , 11205 b .
- the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b include imaging optics such as lens trains 11215 a , 11215 b comprising one or more optical elements configured to image a scene onto the image sensors 11205 a , 11205 b . These one or more optical elements may comprise one or more lenses, which may optically comprise one or more rod lenses.
- the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b include second redirection optics 11220 a , 11220 b configured to define or provide a convergence angle, a field of view, and/or a line of sight for the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b.
- the second redirection optics 11220 a can be configured to redirect the left- and right-side optical axes from a path that is substantially parallel with a mechanical axis of the structure with which it is associated to an axis that is between about 10 degrees and about 75 degrees, between about 20 degrees and about 60 degrees, or between about 30 degrees and about 45 degrees from coaxial with that mechanical axis.
- the second redirection optics 11220 b can be configured to separate left and right optical paths to an approximate inter-pupilary distance to provide stereo imaging for three-dimensional viewing.
- the second redirection optics 11220 b can be configured to separate optical paths to an approximate inter-pupilary distance of a typical operating room microscope.
- the adjacent right-eye and left-eye separation on the image sensor, with an optical physical or electronic mask can be sufficient for the inter-pupilary separation distance.
- the second redirection optics 11220 b can be used to change the effective separation of the left- and right-eye views.
- the line of sight of the proximal cameras can be decreased to be between about 30 degrees and about 50 degrees for viewing into, as opposed to within, a surgical or anatomical site.
- camera optics providing a line of sight of between about 30 degrees and about 50 degrees may be used in such cases.
- the left and right views in side-by-side arrangement and adjusting the spacing therebetween to provide the desired convergence can reduce keystone distortions that would be cause by alternatively tilting the pair of camera views with respect to each other to provide the desired convergence.
- the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b can be used respectively as proximal and distal cameras mounted on a retractor.
- the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b can be mounted at the same azimuthal angle with respect to the surgical site, e.g., both at 12 o'clock, 3 o'clock, 6 o'clock, 9 o'clock, or points in between.
- the stereo optical assemblies 11200 a , 11200 b can be configured to have their optical axes generally align with the gravity vector when mounted to a retractor. In some embodiments, the angles of the optical axes can be different from one another, or non-parallel.
- a single two-dimensional image sensor can be employed for a stereo camera.
- Separate optics, e.g., lens trains, for left (L) and right (R) channels can be directed to the single two-dimensional image sensor as shown in FIG. 5B .
- the two-dimensional image sensor may comprise, for example, a CCD or CMOS detector array.
- a pair of prisms or separate portions of a single prism may be employed to direct the beam from the lens train (not shown) for the respective left (L) and right (R) channels onto the single detector array.
- first and second two-dimensional detector arrays can be disposed to receive the left (L) and right (R) channels respectively as illustrated in FIG. 5C .
- first and second prisms receive light from first and second lens trains (not shown) corresponding to the left and right channels, respectively of the stereo camera. The first and second prisms turn the light onto the front face of the respective first and second two-dimensional detector array (e.g., CCD or CMOS detector arrays). Light is thus received at the front face of the detectors for converting into an electrical signal and transforming an optical image into data to create an electrical image.
- the first detector array is disposed above (e.g., in the +Y direction) and is offset laterally (e.g., in the X direction) with respect to the second detector array. Additionally, the active area of the chip for the first detector array faces (e.g., in the ⁇ Y direction) while the active area of the chip for the second detector array faces (e.g., in the +Y direction.)
- first and second prisms are oriented oppositely as well as being disposed laterally with respect to each other.
- first prism is disposed in the X direction with respect to the second prism.
- first and second prisms comprises right angle prisms, however, the first prism is flipped upside-down with respect to the second prism.
- Each of the first and second prisms have primary reflective faces that receive light from the lens train and direct the light to the active region of the 2D detector array chip. Because the second 2D array is below the prism while the first 2D array is above the prism, the reflective surface of the two prisms are orthogonal to each other.
- the reflective surface of the second prism reflects incoming light from the optics train downward (e.g., in the ⁇ Y direction) to the detector array thereunder.
- the reflective surface of the first prism reflects incoming light from the optics train upward (e.g., in the +Y direction) to the detector array thereover.
- this arrangement enables the two detector array chips to be in close proximity of each other providing a more compact design.
- the prisms need not be right angle prisms.
- the primary reflective surface need not be at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the front face of the 2D sensor arrays.
- different types of prisms and/or reflective surfaces can be employed. Other variations are also possible.
- the embodiments shown in FIG. 5C offers the ability obtain higher resolution.
- the full set of available usable pixels for two separate higher resolution chips, one for each of the left and right channels may be employed in the configuration shown in FIG. 5C .
- the pixels of the single chip are shared by the two channels thereby reducing the resolution by half as half of the pixels are used for each of the left and right channels.
- a single sensor may be employed to obtain left and right images of a stereo camera pair.
- the sensor may be partitioned into areas to receive light from left and right imaging optics that produces left and right images on the active area of the sensor.
- a mask can be employed to partition the active area of the sensor into these left and right areas for receiving the left and right images.
- stereo optics with left and right lens trains image onto the single sensor that is coupled to a processor configured to collect left and right images from the sensor at far left and right edges of sensor and superimpose those images to form a stereo image with same convergence as eye.
- the mask can be moved to collect light from different parts of the sensor.
- the mask can be moved dynamically to accommodate variable optical parameters of the camera optics, for example, variable focus and working distance, which coincides with varying divergence.
- the mask may be implemented via software and corresponds to which pixels of the sensor to exclude from image formation. Conversely, the software implemented mask determines what pixels are used to collect image data. Separate left and right open portions of the mask where light to form the image is collected can be spaced farther apart or closer together depending on the desired convergence angle, focus, work distance, etc.
- a single chip in a single package can comprise semiconductor and be patterned such that two spaced apart regions of pixels may be created to receive light from left and right lens trains.
- the space may include in some embodiments electronics or dead space. The space between these regions may not be active areas for collecting and sensing light. The spacing may accommodate for example the space needed for the two (left and right) lens trains or other physical components.
- a single 45° turning prism or a pair of 45° turning prisms may be employed to redirect light from said lens trains onto the front face and active regions of the sensor.
- a surgeon makes an incision for access into the body and introduces tools initially into the body.
- the surgeon may use certain embodiments of the cameras as disclosed herein on a retractor.
- the surgeon will use the proximal retractor cameras initially and the distal retractor cameras thereafter as the surgical tool(s) passes deeper into the surgical site, for example, passing through proximal regions of the opening in the body into more distal regions into the surgical site.
- the various cameras can be employed to guide advancement of the tool into the desired depth in the body and into the surgical site.
- this process may be reversed (for example, the distal camera may be used more after relying on the proximal camera).
- Various embodiments of the system may additionally be configured to provide for the same convergence angle for each of the stereo cameras, for example, the stereo cameras on the retractor, including possibly both proximal and distal stereo cameras. Also, if a stereo camera is mounted on a surgical tool, such as for example, a Kerrison, this tool camera too may have the same convergence angle. Having a similar convergence angle from one stereo camera to another should provide a more comfortable viewing experience for the surgeon.
- the convergence angle is determined by the separation of the left and right cameras of a stereo camera pair that make up the stereo camera. As discussed herein, these cameras obtain images of the object from different perspectives akin to the human's eyes separated by an interpupillary distance.
- the convergence angle is also determined by the distance to the object, for example, the working distance of the camera. In particular, the convergence angle depends on the ratio of the distance separating the left and right cameras and the working distance of the camera pair to the object.
- the human brain and eye react to depth cues resulting at least in part from the convergence.
- images produced by stereo cameras having a convergence angle (based on interpupillary distance and working distance of the stereo camera pair), will provide depth cues to viewers of those images.
- the surgeon may be transitioning between viewing images from the proximal and distal cameras on the retractor, and one or more cameras on surgical tools, the surgeon will receive depth cues from these different cameras.
- the stereo cameras have the same convergence so as to avoid introducing changes among the depth cues as the surgeon moves from viewing video from one of the cameras to another and to yet another and back, for example.
- stereo cameras may be configured to be adjusted to provide the same convergence angle.
- the stereo camera or cameras on the retractor and/or surgical tool may be adjustable to provide the same convergence.
- these cameras may include proximal and/or distal cameras on the retractor.
- a mask associated with the two-dimensional detector array may be adjusted to provide for the desired convergence angle.
- a single sensor such as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B may be employed to obtain left and right images of a stereo camera pair.
- the sensor may be partitioned into areas to receive light from left and right imaging optics that produces left and right images on the active area of the sensor.
- a mask can be employed to partition the active area of the sensor into these left and right areas for receiving the left and right images.
- stereo optics with left and right lens trains image onto the single sensor that is coupled to a processor configured to collect left and right images from the sensor at far left and right edges of sensor.
- the left and right images are provided to left and right eyes of the surgeon or assistant, whose brain forms a third stereo image therefrom.
- the separation of the left and right areas that receive the left and right images establishes the interpupillary distant that together with the working distance controls the convergence angle.
- the mask can be moved to collect light from different parts of the sensor potentially increasing or decreasing this interpupillary distance.
- the mask can be moved dynamically (increasing or decreasing this separation) to accommodate variable optical parameters of the camera optics, for example, convergence, as well as variable focus and working distance.
- the mask may be implemented via software and corresponds to which pixels of the sensor to exclude from image formation. Conversely, the software implemented mask determines what pixels are used to collect image data. Accordingly, separate left and right open portions of the mask where light to form the image is collected can be spaced farther apart or closer together depending on the desired convergence angle.
- Such a mask need not be limited to embodiments such as those disclosed in FIGS. 5A and 5B .
- Embodiments such as show in FIG. 5C which employ two detector array chips, can also have one or more masks that can be moved to accommodate for different optical parameters including convergence, work distance, focal length, etc.
- One or both two dimensional detector arrays can have masks having open regions that are laterally translated to change the distance separating the locations where light is collected, thus changing, for example, the convergence angle.
- the mask may be implemented via software and corresponds to which pixels of the sensor to exclude from image formation. Conversely, the software implemented mask determines what pixels are used to collect image data.
- Separate left and right open portions of the mask where light to form the image on separate respective chips is collected can be spaced farther apart or closer together depending on the desired convergence angle.
- a mask is disposed on one chip while the other chip does not have such a dynamically moveable mask. By moving the mask on the one chip, however, optical parameters such as convergence can be altered. For example, if the chip on the left has a dynamic mask, the open portions in the mask can be spaced farther apart or closer to the chip on the right depending on the desired convergence angle.
- the mask can be adjusted, for example, one or more openings therein can be translated, to provide for the same convergence between stereo cameras on the retractor and/or surgical tool.
- a mask on one or more stereo cameras e.g., a stereo camera pair on a surgical tool, proximal and/or distal stereo cameras on a retractor, etc.
- the depth cues provided the surgeon can be maintain relatively constant despite viewing images from different stereo cameras (e.g., proximal retractor camera, distal retractor camera, surgical tool camera, etc.). As a result, a more comfortable viewing experience may be provided.
- stereo cameras e.g., proximal retractor camera, distal retractor camera, surgical tool camera, etc.
- the stereo camera may additionally provide adjustable focus.
- One or more actuators may be included that are configured to translate one or more lenses in the camera optics that images the surgical site onto the two-dimensional detector array to change the focus of the camera. These actuators may be driven electrically in some embodiments although different types of actuators could be employed. These actuators can be included in the package that supports the camera and is disposed on the retractor.
- cameras on retractors in contrast for example to endoscopes have available space lateral to the imaging lenses (e.g., in the radial direction) in which such actuation devices can be located. The result may be that the lateral dimensions (e.g., in x and y) exceed the longitudinal dimensions (z), however, surgical access to the surgical site would not be impeded by utilization of the space surrounding the lenses in the lateral or radial directions.
- the mask when the focus is changed using the actuator, the mask may be reconfigured or changed as discussed above. For example, one or more open region or aperture in the mask through which light is directed to the left and/or right channel can be shifted laterally to increase or decrease the convergence angle. In this manner, the convergence angle of the stereo camera with the adjustable focus disposed on the retractor or surgical tool can be altered to be the same. Constant convergence angle for different stereo cameras can be provided even if such cameras include an adjustable focus. Both the focus and the mask can be changed as needed to provide the desired focus and convergence angle.
- Incorporating an adjustable focus enables a camera lens having a smaller depth of focus to be employed.
- Such a camera lens will have a larger numerical aperture and smaller F-number than a similar lens that produces a larger depth of focus.
- Some benefits of the larger aperture lens are increased light collection and resolution.
- the cameras on the retractor provide focused images of a surgical tool tip.
- various embodiments include software that maintains focus on the surgical tool tip, even while the tool moves about the surgical site.
- the software can be configured to maintain the retractor cameras' focus (or other camera's focus) on the tool tip by changing a focal length and/or orientation of the cameras.
- the position and/or movement of the tool tip can be determined through a tracking device on the surgical tool, e.g., on or at the tool tip.
- the distance between the cameras imaging the surgical tool tip and surgical tool tip changes, according to some embodiments.
- the distance between one camera and the tool tip, and the distance between another camera and the tool tip can be different.
- a foot pedal can be actuated (e.g., a foot pedal can be depressed), to enable adjustment of the focal distance and/or orientation of the cameras and thereby maintain focus of the target image.
- actuation of a foot pedal can cause the retractor cameras to maintain focus on the surgical tool tip.
- various embodiments can include software that changes the focus of the cameras as the tool tip changes position.
- the software can be configured to change the orientation of the cameras (e.g., tip, tilt, etc.) using the actuators, as the tool tip moves vertically into or out of the surgical site. For example, if the tool tip moves deeper into the surgical site, the software can be configured to increase the angle of the cameras in a downstream direction (e.g., deeper into the surgical site). As another example, if the tool tip moves out of the surgical site, the software can be configured to increase the angle of the cameras in an upstream direction. In various embodiments, the software can be configured to change the orientation of the camera with movement of the surgical tool tip, such that the cameras' view follows movement of the tool tip. This software may for example cause a processor to drive the actuators that are configured to move the cameras.
- the software may for example cause a processor to drive the actuators that are configured to move the cameras.
- one or more cameras on the surgical tool can similarly be configured to have focal adjustment and orientation adjustment in order to maintain focus of the surgical site.
- tracking information can be received via a tracking device on the surgical tool. Based on this tracking information, when the surgical tool moves, the software can reposition the focal length and/or orientation of the tool camera(s) in order to maintain focus on the surgical site. Thus, the cameras can maintain focus on the surgical site while the surgical tool changes positions.
- the images of the surgical tool and/or the surgical site can be displayed on a surgical visualization system display such as one or more surgeons display and/or assistants displays according to some embodiments. Those images can also be displayed on a graphical user interface according to some embodiments.
- a graphical user interface is displayed on the surgical visualization display.
- a separate display is provided for the graphical user interface.
- the images of the surgical tool and/or the surgical site can be displayed on the surgical visualization system display(s) as well as a graphical user interface(s).
- the movement of the tool or tool location is used to control selection of the camera images that are displayed on the displays.
- actuation of a foot pedal can cause the surgical tool cameras to maintain focus on the surgical site.
- actuation of one foot pedal device can cause both the retractor cameras and the surgical tool cameras to maintain focus of their target.
- images or information in addition to video from the cameras on the retractor can be presented via the display.
- fluorescence information can be displayed. Cameras that image in different wavelengths, such as infrared, could image the surgical site or objects contained therein.
- features could be made to fluoresce, for example, by injecting fluorescent chemical and illuminating the area with light the will induce fluorescence. Such a technique may be useful to identify and/or highlight the location and/or boundaries of specific features of interest such as tumors, etc.
- the fluorescence or other wavelength of interest may be detected by the cameras on the retractor or one or more other cameras.
- images produced by fluorescence or other wavelengths of interest are superimposed on one or more images from cameras on the retractor or other camera(s).
- Filtering could be provided to remove unwanted wavelengths and possibly increase contrast.
- the filter can remove excitation illumination.
- emission image content e.g., fluorescing tissue
- image content that is not emitting e.g., tissue that is not fluorescing
- an artificial color rendition of the fluorescing content can be used in place of the actual fluorescing color so as to enable the fluorescing tissue to be visible.
- the console can be equipped with a hydraulic and/or pneumatic system that can be employed to drive hydraulic and pneumatic tools.
- FIGS. 9A-C illustrate an embodiment of a Kerrison 1900 that can be operated hydraulically.
- the Kerrison 1900 can include a proximal handle portion 1918 .
- the proximal handle portion 1918 can be attached or otherwise connected with a distal handle portion 1923 .
- the proximal handle portion 1918 includes a grip 1915 (e.g., a pistol grip or other ergonomic grip).
- the proximal handle portion 1918 can be configured to rotate about a handle axis 1927 (shown, e.g., in FIG. 9 B 9 B) with respect to the distal handle portion 1923 .
- the Kerrison 1900 includes a base 1930 .
- the base 1930 can include a cutting portion at a distal end (e.g., the left end of FIG. 9 B 9 B).
- the base 1930 can be fixed axially (e.g., parallel to the handle axis 1927 ) with respect to the distal handle portion 1923 and/or with respect to the proximal handle portion 1918 .
- the base 1930 and/or distal handle portion 1923 are rotatable about the handle axis 1927 with respect to the proximal handle portion 1918 .
- the proximal handle portion 1918 can define an actuation chamber 1919 .
- at least a portion of the actuation chamber 1919 along a length of the actuation chamber 1919 parallel to the handle axis 1927 has a substantially constant cross-section.
- at least a portion of the actuation chamber 1919 has a circular cross-section.
- the distal handle portion 1923 defines a distal actuation chamber 1917 .
- the distal actuation chamber 1917 has a cross-section with substantially the same shape and/or size as a cross-section of at least a portion of the actuation chamber 1919 .
- the Kerrison 1900 can include a piston 1920 .
- the piston 1920 can be operably coupled with and/or attached to a Kerrison top portion 1928 .
- the piston 1920 can be a unitary part with or attached/adhered/welded to the Kerrison top portion 1928 .
- the piston 1920 and top portion 1928 are connected via a releasable connection (e.g., a protrusion-slot connection).
- the piston 1920 can be fixed axially (e.g., parallel to the handle axis 1927 ) with respect to the top portion 1928 .
- the piston 1920 is fixed rotationally with respect to the top portion 1928 (e.g., rotation about the handle axis 1927 ).
- the top portion 1928 can include a cutting edge on the distal end of the top portion 1928 .
- the cutting edge of the top portion 1928 can be configured to operate with the cutting portion of the base 1930 to cut medical material (e.g., bone and/or other tissue).
- the top portion 1928 is connected to the base 1930 via a track-protrusion engagement.
- the top portion 1928 can include a protrusion configured to slidably engage with a track in the base 1930 . Engagement between the track of the base 1930 and the protrusion of the top portion 1928 can limit the movement of the top portion 1928 with respect to the base 1930 to the axial direction (e.g., parallel to the handle axis 1927 ).
- the piston 1920 is configured to fit within the actuation chamber 1919 and/or within the distal actuation chamber 1917 .
- the piston 1920 can have a first guide portion 1921 a configured to fit snugly within the actuation chamber 1919 (e.g., fit such that movement of the first guide portion 1921 a within the actuation chamber is substantially limited to axial movement and rotational movement about the handle axis 1927 ).
- the piston 1920 includes a second guide portion 1921 b .
- the second guide portion 1921 b can be configured to fit snugly within the distal actuation chamber 1917 .
- Axial movement of the piston 1920 can be limited by interaction between a radially-inward projection 1913 of the proximal handle portion 1918 .
- proximal axial movement of the piston 1920 can be limited by interaction between the second guide portion 1921 b and the radially-inward projection 1913 .
- distal axial movement of the piston 1920 is limited by interaction between the first guide portion 1921 a and the radially-inward projection 1913 .
- the distal handle portion 1923 can include a distal opening 1905 .
- the distal opening 1905 can be sized and/or shaped to accommodate passage of the top portion 1928 therethrough.
- the top portion 1928 is sized and shaped to fit snugly within the distal opening 1905 .
- the top portion 1928 can have a non-circular cross-section sized to substantially match a cross-section shape of the distal opening 1905 .
- the top portion 1928 is rotationally locked to the distal handle portion 1923 via interaction between the distal opening 1905 and the top portion 1928 .
- the grip 1915 can be rotated relative to the top portion 1928 and the base 1930 .
- sensors and/or optical devices e.g., cameras, CMOS sensors, etc.
- sensors and/or optical devices can be attached to the proximal handle portion 1918 such that the relative alignment of the sensors and/or optical devices with respect to the handle portion 1918 remains consistent independent of rotation of the top portion 1928 and base 1930 with respect to the handle portion 1918 .
- an actuation element 1916 can be positioned within the actuation chamber 1919 .
- the actuation element 1916 is an inflatable and/or disposable bag or balloon configured to be inflated/deflated with physiological saline.
- the actuation element 1916 is a bellows (e.g., stainless steel metal bellows such as those manufactured by BellowsTech, Inc.).
- the actuation element 1916 can be configured to exert an axial force on the piston 1920 (e.g., a force upon the first guide portion 1921 a ) to move the piston 1920 in the distal axial direction.
- the Kerrison 1900 can include a biasing structure 1924 (e.g., a spring or other resilient structure) configured to bias the piston 1920 in the proximal axial direction.
- a biasing structure 1924 e.g., a spring or other resilient structure
- the biasing structure 1924 can provide a return force to return the piston 1920 to push the piston 1920 in the proximal axial direction when the axial force from the actuation element 1916 is reduced and/or removed.
- the Kerrison 1900 includes a return valve (not shown) configured to introduce physiological saline so as to provide compression to the actuation element 1916 .
- the return valve may, for example, allow injection of pressurized gas into the distal actuation chamber 1917 or in the region of the proximal actuation chamber 1919 forward the first guide portion 1921 a .
- the fluid introduced via the return valve can be used to move the piston 1920 in the proximal direction.
- the Kerrison 1900 does not include a biasing structure 1924 .
- the actuation element 1916 can be fluidly connected to a conduit 1914 through which physiological saline can be input into and pulled out from the actuation element 1916 .
- hydraulic controls associated with the actuation element 1916 are operated via a foot pedal.
- Such embodiments can allow for greater dexterity for the user of the Kerrison 1900 by reducing the operating variables controlled by the Kerrison 1900 handle portions 1918 , 1923 .
- Elastomeric and/or proportional valves can be used to enhance the responsiveness of the Kerrison 1900 to operation of the foot pedal (see, e.g., FIGS. 43E-43F ).
- the Kerrison can have a variety of cutting head configurations.
- the cutting head 1728 can have a circular shaped cross-section (as in FIG. 9E ), the cutting head 1728 can have a C shaped cross-section (as in FIG. 9F ) or a closed D shaped cross-section (as in FIG. 9G ).
- Other shapes and designs are possible.
- the fixed cutting surface 1730 can be generally vertically oriented. As shown in FIG. 9D , the fixed cutting surface 1730 can also be angulated (for example, angled at approximately 45 degrees, or from approximately 35 degrees or less to 55 degrees or more).
- the cutting surface or top surface of the tool can be bayonetted.
- the bayonetted structure of the tool can allow the tool to be inserted into the surgical area without interfering or obscuring the views of the surgical site or overhead views of the surgical field.
- the bayonet style tool can be utilized for the Kerrison, forceps, scissors, or other tools described herein.
- the bayonet configuration can be advantageous for small surgical sites or external viewing of the surgical site.
- the bayonet feature reduces the area obscured by the tool within the surgical site.
- the housing supporting or comprising the tool can be configured to have a port or lumen therein arranged to facilitate the removal of tissue and bone extracted from the surgical site.
- the Kerrison can have a side port or opening located proximal of the cutting head 1728 , though which cut tissue can be removed (e.g., pushed through port or opening as cutter withdraws and Kerrison returns to the default position).
- a source of suction, or a source of saline and suction can be supplied to the port.
- the removal port or lumen of the housing can also support a mechanical removal mechanism, such as but not limited to a screw type auger (which can be hydraulically actuated, via for example a gear motor, gerotor, or vane motor 1512 discussed above), to facilitate removal of bone debris and extracted tissue from the surgical site.
- a mechanical removal mechanism such as but not limited to a screw type auger (which can be hydraulically actuated, via for example a gear motor, gerotor, or vane motor 1512 discussed above), to facilitate removal of bone debris and extracted tissue from the surgical site.
- the removed tissue can be extracted to a waste reservoir supported by or tethered to the housing of the tool.
- the movable cutting head of the Kerrison can be a generally cylindrical tube that can be actuated (in the matter described above) to slidably move against the fixed cutting surface 1730 .
- said cylindrical tube can be slidable within an outer housing of the Kerrison when a force is exerted thereon via the expansion of the second inflatable element 1716
- the housing supporting or comprising the tool can be configured to have a suction port and a source of saline so that the tool and/or the surgical site can be flushed with saline and the saline and debris can removed via the suction line simultaneously or sequentially with the flushing.
- the saline can be provided through the conduit used to provide saline to the second inflatable element, through the same or a different lumen of such conduit.
- the saline source or conduit and/or the suction source or conduit can be separate from the tool so that it can be independently positioned.
- the saline source or conduit and/or the suction source or conduit can be tethered to the tool.
- Any of the hydraulic system embodiments disclosed herein can be configured to incorporate or use any suitable surgical tools, including without limitation scissors, micro-scissors, forceps, micro-forceps, bipolar forceps, clip appliers including aneurysm clip appliers, rongeur, and, as described, Kerrison tools.
- suitable surgical tools including without limitation scissors, micro-scissors, forceps, micro-forceps, bipolar forceps, clip appliers including aneurysm clip appliers, rongeur, and, as described, Kerrison tools.
- a hydraulic turbine 2070 includes a turbine housing 2071 .
- a nozzle frame 2072 is housed within the turbine housing 2071 .
- stator vanes can be used in conjunction with and/or in place of the nozzle frame 2072 .
- the nozzle frame 2072 can include one or more turbine nozzles 2073 .
- the turbine nozzles 2073 are positioned in a circumferential array, as illustrated in FIG. 10A .
- Each of the turbine nozzles 2073 can have a nozzle inlet 2074 and a nozzle outlet 2075 .
- the nozzles 2073 have substantially constant cross-sectional areas from nozzle inlet 2074 to nozzle outlet 2075 (e.g., drill hole-type nozzles).
- nozzle outlet 2075 e.g., drill hole-type nozzles
- circular nozzles can be used.
- the relative areas of the nozzle inlet 2074 and the nozzle outlet 2075 can vary.
- the nozzle outlet 2075 can have an area that is greater than or equal to approximately 125% of the area of the nozzle inlet 2074 and/or less than or equal to about 600% of the area of the nozzle inlet 2074 .
- the area of the nozzle outlet 2075 is approximately 300% of the area of the nozzle inlet 2074 .
- the profile of the nozzle 2073 can widen between the nozzle inlet 2074 and the nozzle outlet 2075 .
- the rate at which the turbine nozzle 2073 widens between the nozzle inlet 2074 and the nozzle outlet 2075 can vary.
- the nozzle 2073 can flare out in the direction of the nozzle outlet 2075 .
- the profile of the nozzle 2073 narrows between the nozzle inlet 2074 and the nozzle outlet 2075 .
- the nozzles 2073 have substantially constant cross-sectional areas from nozzle inlet 2074 to nozzle outlet 2075 (e.g., drill hole-type nozzles).
- the nozzle inlet 2074 can be tapered or flared in such that an opening into the nozzle inlets 2074 is wider or larger than a midsection of the nozzles 2073 .
- physiological saline is directed through the nozzle frame 2072 toward an impeller 2076 .
- the impeller 2076 can include a plurality of impeller blades 2077 around the outer periphery of the hub of the impeller 2076 .
- the impeller blades 2077 can rotate within a blade cavity 2077 a . (See FIG. 10C .)
- the impeller 2076 can be integral with or otherwise rotationally coupled with an output shaft 2079 for driving the tool 2082 , which can be a drill or other rotational tool.
- the outer diameter of the hub of the impeller 2076 can be smaller than the outside diameter of the array of hydraulic nozzles 2073 .
- the outer diameter of the hub of the impeller 2076 can be greater than or equal to approximately 15% of the outer diameter of the hydraulic nozzles 2073 and/or less than or equal to approximately 75% of the outer diameter of the hydraulic nozzles 2073 . In some cases, the outer diameter of the impeller 2076 can be greater than or equal to 0.5 inches and/or less than or equal to approximately 1.5 inches. Many variations sizes and relative sizes of the components of the hydraulic turbine 2070 and its subcomponents are possible.
- the impeller blades 2077 are oriented at an angle offset from the central axis of the impeller 2077 .
- the hydraulic nozzles 2073 can be configured to turn the flow of physiological saline from an axial direction A to nozzle direction 2078 as the flow is passed through the nozzle frame 2072 toward the impeller 2076 .
- the nozzle direction 2078 can be selected to be at an angle ⁇ T offset from axial A such that the nozzle direction 2078 is substantially perpendicular to the faces of the impeller blades 2077 . The closer nozzle outlets are to the plane of the impeller blades 2077 and the more radially-directed the flow from the nozzles, the more torque can be imparted upon the impeller blades 2077 .
- the nozzle outlets can be positioned close to the impeller blades 2077 in the axial direction and can direct physiological saline at a highly-radial angle toward impeller blades 2077 whose surfaces are close to parallel to the rotation of axis of the impeller 2076 .
- utilizing a plurality of circumferentially-distributed turbine nozzles 2073 to drive a plurality of impeller blades 2077 can increase the torque output of impeller 2076 as compared to a configuration wherein only one turbine nozzle 2073 is utilized.
- the outer diameters of the nozzle frame 2072 and impeller 2076 can smaller than a single-nozzle configuration of equal output torque.
- the hydraulic turbine 2070 can be configured to operate at rotational speeds of 40,000 rpm to 60,000 rpm, though higher and lower rpm values may be possible. In some embodiments, the hydraulic turbine is configured to operate at rotational speeds of 100,000 rpm. The hydraulic turbine 2070 can be configured to operate at operating pressures between 70 psi and 190 psi, though greater and lesser operating pressures are possible. In some embodiments, the operating pressure of the hydraulic turbine 2070 is designed to be approximately 120 psi.
- an impeller 2076 ′ can be designed to have bucket-shaped impeller blades 2076 ′.
- the bucket-shaped impeller blades 2077 ′ can be oriented at an angle of approximately 45° from the axial direction A.
- Many variations of the impeller blade 2077 ′ angles are possible.
- many different shapes of blades 2077 are possible, such as Pelton or Turgo shaped blades.
- the hydraulic turbine 2070 can be designed to collect the physiological saline that has already impacted the impeller blades 2077 , 2077 ′ (hereinafter 2077 for simplicity).
- an exhaust angle can be calculated to represent the angle at which physiological saline reflects off of the impeller blades 2077 after impact with the impeller blades 2077 .
- One or more vacuum ports 2093 can be positioned on or in the turbine housing 2071 to extract the fluid F 1 that is reflected off of the impeller blades 2077 and redirect the fluid F 1 into a bypass channel 2095 .
- the vacuum source can be an external pump (e.g., a peristaltic pump) or the vacuum can be the result of a Venturi effect created by the diversion of fluid.
- the vacuum source can be provided by diverted, high velocity fluid F 2 directed to bypass the impeller 2076 .
- one or more ports 2093 in the hydraulic turbine housing 2071 e.g., on the side of the housing closer to the impeller 2076 than to the nozzle frame 2072 ) can create fluid communication between the reflected fluid F 1 in the blade cavity 2077 A and the diverted high velocity fluid F 2 in the bypass channel 2095 .
- the pressure differential between the two fluid bodies (e.g., lower pressure in fluid F 2 and higher pressure in fluid F 1 ) will pull the reflected fluid F 1 out of the housing 2071 and into the diverted fluid path 2095 .
- Removal of the reflected fluid from the housing 2071 can increase the performance of the turbine 2070 by reducing the viscous drag on the impeller from undiverted fluid F 1 .
- the viscous frictional losses that would be otherwise incurred from interaction between the reflected fluid F 1 and the impeller 2076 and/or output shaft 2079 can be reduced.
- the diverted high velocity fluid F 2 and scavenged reflected fluid F 1 can be diverted back to the cassette 2020 for re-pressurization.
- scavenging reflected fluid F 1 and diverting it back to the cassette 2020 can reduce the amount of physiological saline required to operate the tools and/or other components of the system.
- the housing 2071 can include one or more ports open to ambient. Such ports can be configured to receive pressurized air or other pneumatic gas.
- the turbine 2070 is configured to operate as a dual hydro/pneumatic turbine configured to operate via hydraulic power and pneumatic power or a continual variance of hydraulic and pneumatic power.
- a controller or switch(s) can be used to vary the amount of hydraulic fluid or pneumatic air or gas are applied to the turbine.
- the controller or switch(es) allow the user to increase pneumatic gas or air and decrease hydraulic or vice versa.
- the pneumatic gas or air and hydraulic fluid can be provided by output ports on the display console. Likewise, the controller and/or switch(es) may be on the controller or remotely located.
- multiple impellers 2076 can be utilized in the same turbine housing 2071 .
- the overall diameter of the turbine 2070 and/or some of its components can be reduced relative to a single-impeller turbine 2070 without sacrificing output torque.
- a Kerrison for bone removal generally includes a handle mechanically coupled to a head including a stationary portion and a movable portion.
- a handle mechanically coupled to a head including a stationary portion and a movable portion.
- the movable portion moves closer to the stationary portion in a cutting manner (e.g., in a shearing manner), for example to remove bone by trapping the removed bone between the stationary portion and the movable portion (e.g., within a channel between the stationary portion and the movable portion).
- tools include an aneurysm clipper, a rongeur, forceps, scissors, and the like, although many other hand-operated tools are known to those skilled in the art.
- the pace and force of the squeezing translates to the pace and force of the cutting, and this phenomenon is also applicable to other hand-operated tools.
- This translation can be disadvantageous, for example varying based on each user, being too slow or too fast or having variable speed, lacking force or imparting too much force or having variable force, etc.
- periodic use of such manually operated tools e.g., during a lengthy operation or procedure
- Manual actuation leads to inadvertent movement of the tool tip.
- the hydraulic system may also be used for other purpose such as cleaning optics and/or cooling light emitters for illuminating a surgical site.
- a fluid reservoir can be fluidly connected to one or more fluid outlets (e.g., nozzles) configured to wash optical components (e.g., cameras, LEDs, and/or other components disposed in the surgical site that can be dirtied by blood, bodily fluids, or debris).
- the fluid reservoir can be fluidly connected to the fluid outlets via a hydraulic manifold in console.
- one or more valves e.g., proportional, elastomeric, and/or on/off valves
- a pulsing valve e.g., a pop off valve
- the pulsing valve is disposable.
- the pulsing valve is configured to open when a pressure threshold is reached.
- the valve closes once the pressure returns to below the threshold.
- the operation of the pulsing valve can produce a substantially square wave fluid pulse.
- the pulsing valve can be used to provide short duration liquid pulses to wash optics such as the camera optics.
- One benefit of such a pulse is the reduction of image distortion that would result in interruption of usable video stream provided to the surgeon.
- the pulsing or pop off valve can be located so as to wash all the cameras at the same time.
- the pulsing valve for example, can be located upstream to where the line splits into different fluid outlets to clean different cameras.
- the pressure may be increased beyond the threshold for opening the pulsing valve.
- the pulsing valve may, for example, be connected to a high pressure source of fluid via a valve.
- the valve can be opened sufficiently to provide increased pressure beyond the threshold value resulting in a pulse of liquid from the pulsing valve.
- the liquid pulses are produced periodically.
- a processor may cause the valve to be opened periodically based on a schedule programmed into the processor or selected by the user via the processor.
- liquid pulses are produced when blood or other obstruction is detected. The intensity level of the camera can be monitored to determine when visibility is compromised.
- the color of the light reaching the camera can be analyzed to determine, for example, that blood is obstructing or impairing vision of the cameras and to thereby trigger pulse washing.
- the processor could be utilized to analyze the image signal and determine whether pulse washing is to be initiated.
- attenuation of the red wavelength in comparison to other wavelengths such as green may indicate that blood is on the camera and reducing the amount of light entering the camera.
- a three-way valve can also be employed.
- the three-way valve can operate to permit fluid from the fluid reservoir or gas such as pressurized gas from a pump to access the fluid outlets via the pulsing valve.
- the three-way valve can be configured to selectively shut off supply of fluid from the fluid reservoir and provide instead gas (e.g., pressurized gas from a pump).
- shut off of fluid from the fluid reservoir to the fluid outlets can reduce the likelihood of “dribbling” or other inadvertent leakage of liquid from the fluid outlets onto the optical components.
- the pressurized air stream used to dry the camera optics can carry away any residual liquid that would otherwise dribble onto the camera at a later time.
- the three-way valve can be positioned upstream or downstream of the pulsing valve. In some embodiments, positioning the three-way valve downstream of the pop off valve may further reduce dribbling.
- gas can be directed to the fluid outlets.
- the pneumatic assembly can be configured to direct pressurized pneumatic gas (e.g., air) to the fluid outlets.
- the pneumatic gas can be supplied by a pump or other source of pressurized pneumatic gas.
- an air pump can be positioned within the hydraulic manifold in the console or elsewhere in the hydraulic pressure circuit therein.
- a pulsing valve is configured to open when a pressure threshold in the pneumatic gas is reached.
- the pulsing valve can produce a substantially square pneumatic gas wave.
- the pressurized air output by the fluid outlets creates a squeegeeing effect wherein the pneumatic gas effectively squeegees the optical components to dry them.
- a console can include a medical suction system.
- a medical suction system 12000 can include a suction cassette assembly 12020 .
- the suction cassette assembly 12020 and/or components thereof are disposable.
- the suction cassette assembly 12020 can include a plurality of ports 12022 .
- the ports 12022 can be configured to facilitate fluid communication between fluid lines external to the suction cassette assembly 12020 and fluid lines internal to the suction cassette assembly 12020 .
- the medical suction system 12000 includes a first suction line 12080 a .
- the medical suction system 12000 can, in some embodiments, include a second suction line 12080 b .
- the suction cassette assembly 12020 can be configured to utilize the first and second suction lines 12080 a , 12080 b simultaneously and/or in isolation.
- the medical suction system 12000 can include a vacuum source 12040 .
- the vacuum source 12040 is a hospital vacuum source.
- the vacuum source 12040 is a pump.
- the vacuum source 12040 is fluidly connected to the suction cassette assembly 12020 via a first vacuum line 12044 a .
- a second vacuum line 12044 b connects the vacuum source 12040 to the suction cassette 12020 .
- the medical suction system 12000 can be configured to utilize the first and second vacuum lines 12044 a , 12044 b simultaneously and/or in isolation.
- the medical suction system 12000 includes a storage tank 12060 .
- the storage tank 12060 can be configured to store blood and/or other tissue/fluids.
- the storage tank 12060 is fluidly connected to a waste line (not shown) or other disposal line.
- the storage tank 12060 can be connected to the suction cassette assembly 12020 via a first storage line (e.g., storage inlet line 12062 a ).
- the storage tank 12060 is connected to the suction cassette assembly 12020 via a second storage line (e.g., storage outlet line 12062 b ).
- the suction cassette assembly 12020 can include an intermediate tank 12024 .
- the intermediate tank 12024 can be housed at least partially within the suction cassette assembly 12020 .
- the intermediate storage tank 12024 is fluidly connected to the second suction line 12080 b .
- the intermediate storage tank 12024 can be configured to store medical and/or bodily fluids/tissues (e.g., blood, saline, bone matter).
- the intermediate storage tank 12024 is fluidly connected to the storage tank 12060 .
- a pump 12026 e.g., a peristaltic pump or other fluid pump
- the pump 12026 can be configured to pull material from the intermediate storage tank 12024 into the storage tank 12060 .
- the pump 12026 is configured to reduce the likelihood of fluid/bodily material transfer from the storage tank 12060 to the intermediate storage tank 12024 .
- the pump 12026 can be configured to permit large portions of tissue (e.g., bone portions, muscle portions, and/or other tissue) to travel from the intermediate storage tank 12024 to the storage tank 12060 .
- the pump 12026 is positioned at least partially within the suction cassette assembly 12020 .
- the medical suction system 12000 can include one or more filters 12022 .
- the filters 12027 a , 12027 b are hydrophobic and/or anti-microbial.
- One or more of the filters 12022 can be positioned within the suction cassette assembly 12020 .
- a filter 12022 is positioned in the fluid line between the storage tank 12060 and the vacuum source 12040 . Such a filter 12022 could be configured to reduce the likelihood that liquid and/or pathogens could pass from the storage tank 12060 to the vacuum source 12040 .
- a filter 12022 can be positioned in the fluid line between the intermediate storage tank 12024 and the vacuum source 12040 . Such a filter 12022 could be configured to reduce the likelihood that liquid and/or pathogens could pass from the intermediate storage tank 12024 to the vacuum source 12040 .
- one or more valves are positioned on the vacuum lines 12044 a , 12044 b .
- a first vacuum valve 12042 a can be positioned on the first vacuum line 12044 a .
- the first vacuum valve 12042 a can be configured to selectively occlude the first vacuum line 12044 a .
- a filter 12027 a can be positioned in the first vacuum line 12044 a .
- the filter 12027 a can be positioned at least partially within the suction cassette assembly 12020 , as illustrated in FIG. 12 .
- the filter 12027 a is an antimicrobial and/or hydrophobic filter.
- the filter 12027 a can be configured to reduce the likelihood that blood or other material from the storage tank 12060 will pass into the first vacuum valve 12042 a and/or into the vacuum source 12040 .
- a second vacuum valve 12042 b can be positioned on the second vacuum line 12044 b .
- the second vacuum valve 12042 b is configured to selectively occlude the second vacuum line 12044 b .
- a filter 12027 b can be positioned in the second vacuum line 12044 b .
- the filter 12027 b can be positioned at least partially within the suction cassette assembly 12020 .
- the filter 12027 b is an antimicrobial and/or hydrophobic filter.
- the filter 12027 a can be configured to reduce the likelihood that blood or other materials from the intermediate storage tank 12024 will pass into the second vacuum valve 12042 b and/or into the vacuum source 12040 .
- the intermediate storage tank 12024 includes a baffle (not shown) or other structure to reduce the likelihood of material ingress from the intermediate storage tank 12024 to the filter 12027 b and/or to the second vacuum line 12044 b .
- the baffle help to block fluid from splashing directly from the second suction line 12080 b to the second vacuum line 12044 b.
- the medical suction system 12000 includes a third vacuum valve 12042 c .
- the third vacuum valve 12042 c can be positioned on the second vacuum line 12044 b .
- the third vacuum valve 12042 c is fluidly connected to the second vacuum line 12044 b between the intermediate storage tank 12024 and the second vacuum valve 12042 b .
- the third vacuum valve 12042 c can be used to moderate the pressure P 2 within the intermediate storage tank 12024 .
- the third vacuum valve 12042 c can be used to maintain the pressure P 2 within the intermediate storage tank 12024 within a predetermined range (e.g., 0-550 mm Hg, 200-800 mm Hg, etc.).
- one or more pneumatic indicators 12051 can be positioned on the vacuum lines 12044 a , 12044 b .
- the indicators 12051 can be configured to provide feedback on pneumatic parameters (e.g., pressure).
- the vacuum source 12040 is configured to decrease the pressure P 1 within the storage tank 12060 .
- the first vacuum valve 12042 a can be at least partially opened to allow for fluid communication between the vacuum source 12040 and the storage tank 12060 .
- the vacuum source 12040 is configured to maintain the pressure P 1 within the storage tank 12060 below ambient pressure Pa. In some embodiments, the vacuum source 12040 maintains the pressure P 1 within the storage tank 12060 at or near 600 mm Hg.
- the medical suction system 12000 is configured to operate with a low flow suction input and/or with a high flow suction input.
- the first suction line 12080 a can be configured to operate as a high flow suction line.
- the first suction line 12080 a is used to produce high flow at a sight of interest to suction, for example, heavy bleeding.
- the second suction line 12080 b is configured to operate as a low flow suction line.
- the second suction line 12080 b can be used to identify and coagulate low flow bleeding on the surface of the brain without damaging the brain.
- valves 12028 a , 12028 b can be positioned on the suction lines 12080 a , 12080 b , respectively.
- valves 12028 a , 12028 b can be used to open and/or close fluid communication between the first suction line 12080 a and the storage tank 12060 and to open and/or close fluid communication between the second suction line 12008 b and the intermediate storage tank 12024 , respectively.
- FIG. 13 illustrates a pneumatic drive system 12500 .
- the pneumatic drive assembly can include a pneumatic pressure source 12540 (e.g., a hospital compressed gas system).
- the pneumatic pressure source 12540 is fluidly connected to one or more pneumatic actuators 12552 , 12554 , 12562 (e.g., solenoids, pistons).
- One or more valves 12564 e.g., elastomeric proportional and/or venting valves
- the pneumatic actuators 12562 are configured to operate the valves of a hydraulic pressure circuit 3200 (and/or the valves of any of the embodiments of the hydraulic pressure circuits disclosed herein).
- the actuator 12552 is configured to operate a cassette lifter .
- the pneumatic actuators 12554 can be configured to operate as tube ejectors for peristaltic pumps used, for example, in the hydraulic pressure circuits disclosed herein.
- the pneumatic drive system 12500 can include a safety valve 12542 and/or a pressure regulator 12544 (e.g., a 75 psi pressure regulator) positioned on the fluid line between the pneumatic pressure source 12540 and the actuators 12562 , 12552 , 12554 .
- a pressure regulator 12544 e.g., a 75 psi pressure regulator
- One or more pneumatic indicators 12551 can be positioned on the fluid lines of the pneumatic drive system 12500 .
- one or more restrictions 12557 can be applied to the fluid lines between the valves 12564 and the actuators 12552 , 12554 , 12562 .
- FIGS. 14A-19B illustrate embodiments of an apparatus 10100 that can be configured to allow a user to control the movement of one or more components 18 .
- a translation system 10200 can have an upper connecting member 10210 , a lower connecting member 10220 , and a guide assembly 10230 located therebetween.
- the upper connecting member 10210 and the lower connecting member 10220 can be attached to the guide assembly 10230 .
- the guide assembly 10230 can be designed to allow the lower connecting member 10220 to translate with respect to the upper connecting member 10210 .
- the lower connecting member 10220 can be attached to control members 10110 , 10115 and component arm 10120 .
- the guide assembly 10230 can include multiple guides in the form of tracks, rails, or similar structures.
- the guides come in pairs. This can advantageously increase the stability of the translation system 10200 .
- the guides can be single members or multiple (e.g, greater than two) members.
- the guide assembly 10230 can include an upper guide 10235 , an x-axis intermediate guide 10240 , and a y-axis intermediate guide 10245 . Additionally, in some embodiments, the guide assembly 10230 can include a lower guide (not shown).
- the x-axis intermediate guide 10240 is oriented along the x-axis thereby allowing translation along the x-axis and the y-axis intermediate guide 10245 is oriented along the y-axis thereby allowing translation along the y-axis.
- the upper guide 10235 can be directly attached to the upper connecting member 10210 , such as a bottom surface, and oriented along the x-axis.
- the lower guide can be directly attached to the lower connecting member 10220 , such as on a top surface, and oriented along the y-axis.
- the illustrated configuration can be used to allow the translation system 10200 to translate along the x-y plane.
- the guide assembly 10230 can include additional guides along other axes or curvilinear guides.
- multiple intermediate guides along the same axis can be used to advantageously increase the range of motion along that axis (e.g., via telescoping) without increasing the length of the guides along that axis. This can be especially beneficial in instances where a compact form factor is desired.
- the guide assembly 10230 can include multiple guide connectors 10250 , 10255 which can be used to connect the multiple components of the guide assembly 10230 together.
- the guide connectors come in pairs although in other embodiments, single guide connectors or multiple (e.g., greater than two) guide connectors can be used.
- These guide connectors 10250 , 10255 can be designed to translate along the path of the guides.
- the connectors 10250 , 10255 can be slidably translatable along the tracks or rails and can include mechanisms such as rollers, ball bearings, or the like.
- the guide assembly 10230 can be translated relative to the upper connecting member 10210 via sliding across both the upper guide 10235 and the x-axis intermediate guide 10240 .
- the lower connecting member 10220 can thus translate relative to upper connecting member 10210 along the x-axis.
- the lower connecting member 10220 can be translated relative to the guide assembly 10230 by sliding across the y-axis intermediate guide 10245 .
- the upper connecting member 10210 can be larger than the lower connecting member 10220 .
- the range of translation along the x-axis can be greater than the range of translation along the y-axis. In the illustrated embodiment, the range of translation along the x-axis is approximately ⁇ 175 mm and the range of translation along the y-axis is approximately ⁇ 87.5 mm. Additionally, in some embodiments, the lower connecting member 10220 does not extend beyond the upper connecting member 10210 along the y-axis. In other embodiments, the lower connecting member 10220 can extend beyond the upper connecting member 10210 along the y-axis if desired for an extended range of motion.
- the lower connection member 10220 can be translated relative to the upper connection member 10210 by translating the control members 10110 , 10115 .
- the joints 10111 , 10116 can be any joint that lacks translational degrees of freedom along at least the x-axis and the y-axis.
- a user of the translation system 10200 can move one control member such as control members 10110 , 10115 in the desired direction to translate the lower connection member 10220 and ultimately the component 18 which can be attached thereto. Because movement of the component 18 is linked directly to the user's physical movement of the control member 10110 , 10115 , dexterous users can find this type of mechanism more user-friendly and precise.
- the other control member such as control members 10110 or 10115 , also translate along with the lower connection member 10220 .
- a user can control translation using any control member attached to the lower connection member 10220 .
- the guide connectors 10550 , 10555 can be designed to have a threshold friction such that the lower connection member 10220 can only translate upon a threshold force being applied to the lower connection member 10220 . Requiring a threshold force to be applied prior to movement can reduce the likelihood of unintentional movement of the translation system 10200 is reduced.
- alternative control mechanisms can be used in conjunction with, or in lieu of, the control members 10110 , 10115 .
- the apparatus 10100 includes a pitch-yaw adjustment system 10300 .
- the pitch-yaw adjustment system 10300 can include member 10310 which can connect two or more control members 10110 , 10115 .
- the member 10310 can be connected to the two or more control members 10110 , 10115 and the component arm 10120 via joints 10112 , 10117 , 10122 having two or more rotational degrees of freedom, such as a ball-and-socket joint.
- joints 10112 , 10117 , 10122 having two or more rotational degrees of freedom, such as a ball-and-socket joint.
- other types of joints having a greater or fewer rotational degrees of freedom can be used.
- the member 10310 can be configured to link the motion of multiple control members 10110 , 10115 and the component arm 10120 .
- the yaw of the other control member 10115 and component arm 10120 correspondingly adjusts via mechanical movement.
- the pitch of the other control member 10115 and component arm 10120 also correspondingly adjusts. This provides the advantage of allowing a user of the pitch-yaw adjustment system 10300 to adjust pitch or yaw of the component arm 10120 , and ultimately the component 18 , using only one of potentially multiple control members such as control members 10110 or 10115 in the illustrated embodiment.
- a user may advantageously choose whichever control member 10110 , 10115 is most convenient to use at the time an adjustment is necessary. Additionally, this may facilitate use by multiple users. For example, during a medical procedure, a medical professional on one side may use one control member 10110 . If a second medical professional or assistant needs to make an adjustment, the second medical professional or assistant may use the other control member 10115 if more readily accessible.
- the member 10310 can be attached to the control members 10110 , 10115 and the component arm 10120 such that adjustment of yaw and/or pitch of the control members 10110 , 10115 can result in more than or less than a one-to-one adjustment in the yaw or pitch of the component arm 10120 .
- the distance between the joints 10111 , 10112 of the first control member 10110 and the distance between the joints 10116 , 10117 of the second control member 10115 is greater than the distance between the joints 10121 , 10122 of the component arm 10120 . This can result in greater than a one-to-one adjustment in the yaw of the component arm 10120 .
- the 16B and 16C can result in a one-to-one and less than one-to-one adjustment in the yaw of the component arm 10120 respectively.
- the distance between the joints 10111 , 10112 of the first control member 10110 and the distance between the joints 10116 , 10117 of the second control member 10115 is less than the distance between the joints 10121 , 10122 of the component arm 10120 .
- the pitch-yaw adjustment system 10300 can be adjustable such that the user may choose whether to use a one-to-one adjustment ratio, greater than a one-to-one ratio, or less than a one-to-one ratio. For example, as illustrated in FIG.
- the member 10310 can include a plate 10306 having a slot 10307 in which the joint 10122 of the component arm 10120 can be adjusted vertically to adjust the joint connection points thereby adjusting the ratio.
- Other types of adjustment mechanisms can be used such as multiple apertures vertically arranged as well as other mechanisms known in the art.
- a link member 10305 can also be used.
- the link member 10305 can be designed to attach to the control members 10110 and 10115 to provide greater structural rigidity.
- link member 10305 can be connected to control members 10110 and 10115 using joints having fewer degrees of freedom.
- the link member 10305 can be attached to control member 10110 at joint 10113 and attached to control member 10115 at joint 10118 .
- the joint can have a single degree of rotational freedom such as a pin-and-aperture design. By limiting the degrees of freedom, the control members 10110 and 10115 can be more likely to remain co-planar when rotating in pitch and/or yaw thereby reducing the potential for twisting.
- the link member 10305 can be used in lieu of member 10310 .
- transmitting drive members 10405 , 10410 and receiving drive member 10415 can be arranged as shown in FIGS. 16A-16D to link the control member 10110 , 10115 to the component arm 10120 and vary the adjustment ratio. Additionally, in some embodiments, other means of adjusting the pitch and/or yaw may be included.
- an embodiment of the apparatus 10100 which includes a translation control system 10200 , pitch/yaw adjustment system 10300 , and a z-distance adjustment system 10400 .
- This embodiment shares some general characteristics with the embodiment of FIG. 14A-B with modifications made to accommodate the z-distance adjustment system 10400 .
- joints 10112 , 10117 , and 10122 can be capstans which allow these joints to be operably coupled to the z-distance adjustment system 10400 .
- the z-distance adjustment system 10400 can include a drive assembly 10401 .
- the drive assembly 10401 can include multiple transmitting drive members 10405 , 10410 attached to the control members 10110 , 10115 respectively being disposed in and connected to apertures 10406 , 10411 via joints 10112 , 10117 respectively, receiving drive member 10415 attached to the component arm 10120 in aperture 10416 via joint 10122 , and transmission member, such as cable 10420 , designed to transmit torque from the transmitting drive members 10405 , 10410 to the receiving drive members 10415 .
- the cable 10420 can be tensioned on receiving drive member 10415 using cable tensioners 10430 , 10435 .
- the drive members 10405 , 10410 , 10415 can be centered along apertures 10315 , 10320 , 10325 respectively of the member, such as support member 10310 .
- the cable tensioners 10430 and 10435 can be centered along apertures 10330 and 10335 of member 10310 respectively.
- a toothed belt can be used with corresponding gears.
- two transmissions members 10420 and 10425 can be used to connect the drive members.
- separate cables, with or without tensioners, or any other transmission members can be used.
- other drive member designs such as crown gears which can be used with transmission shafts having beveled gears, can also be used.
- the component arm 10120 can comprise a four-bar linkage assembly for adjusting the z-distance.
- the component arm 10120 can include a shaft 10450 attached to the joint 10121 and a sleeve 10455 over the shaft 10450 which is rotatable around the longitudinal axis of the shaft 10450 .
- the sleeve 10455 can include a torque receiving joint 10460 , such as the illustrated capstan, at one end which can be received within aperture 10416 (see FIG. 19A-B ) of the receiving drive member 10415 , such as the illustrated keyed aperture, to receive a torque to rotate the sleeve 10455 .
- the sleeve 10455 can include a first rotation redirecting member 10465 , such as the illustrated bevel gear, at a second end which can interact with a second rotation redirecting member 10466 , such as the illustrated corresponding bevel gear, on an end of a driven link 10470 of the four-bar linkage assembly.
- rotation of the sleeve 10455 can result in rotation of the driven link 10470 around a different axis.
- Rotation of the driven link 10470 can result in vertical movement of the arm.
- the four-bar linkage assembly may include, in addition to a driven link 10470 , a shaft link 10471 which can be rigidly attached to the shaft 10450 , a free link 10472 , and a hinge unit 10475 .
- a second four-bar linkage assembly can be included with a second free link 10480 and third free link 10481 , a hinge unit 10475 attached to the first four-bar linkage assembly, and a second hinge unit 10485 for attaching the component 18 to the component arm 10120 .
- mechanisms may be added between the first four-bar linkage assembly and the second four-bar linkage assembly such that the second four-bar linkage assembly will correspondingly rotate when the driven link 10470 is rotated.
- first free link 10472 and the second free link 10480 can be rotatably connected via gearing.
- the gearing can be chosen such that there is a one-to-one rotational transfer between the first free link 10472 and the second free link 10480 .
- the gearing can be chosen such that there is greater than a one-to-one rotational transfer or lesser than a one-to-one rotational transfer.
- the lengths of the links and the ratio of the gearing can be chosen such that the z-distance adjustment system 10400 can adjust the z-distance, that is, adjust the position of the component 18 in a direction generally parallel to the z-axis, without causing any or at least a small amount of translation of the component in either the x-axis or y-axis.
- the four-bar linkage component arm 10120 provides the advantage of reducing the form factor when the z-distance is greater. Due to the compact form factor of the four-bar linkage component arm 10120 , the component 18 can be placed closer to the lower connecting member 10220 .
- the component arm 10500 can include a screw-drive assembly for adjusting the z-distance.
- the component arm 10500 can include two struts members 10505 , 10510 designed to support the component arm 10500 rigidly attached to a first end 10515 and second end 10520 , a screw member 10525 rigidly attached to the first end 10515 , the second end 10520 and the component 18 , and a threaded torque receiving joint 10530 , such as the illustrated capstan, at one end which can be received within aperture 10416 (see FIG.
- torque receiving joint 10530 can also be the joint 10122 such as shown in FIG. 15 ).
- the torque receiving joint 10530 can be supported by the receiving drive member 10415 .
- the two strut members 10505 , 10510 and the screw member 10525 may freely translate through the joint 10501 .
- torque receiving joint 10530 is threaded and screw member 10525 is rotationally fixed along the z-axis due to joint 10501 having only two degrees of rotational freedom
- rotation of the torque receiving joint 10530 can result in translation of the component 18 in a direction along the length of screw member 10525 (e.g., the z-axis) via the screw member 10525 .
- the pitch of the threaded torque receiving joint 10530 and the screw member 10525 can be chosen to determine the amount of translation per revolution of the joint 10530 . Increasing the pitch can result in greater z-distance adjustment per revolution whereas decreased pitch can result in lesser z-distance adjustment per revolution.
- the z-distance adjustment system 10400 can be operated by using the control members 10110 , 10115 .
- control member 10110 can be rotatably coupled to transmitting drive member 10405 via aperture 10406 , such as the illustrated keyed aperture
- control member 10115 can be rotatably coupled to transmitting drive member 10410 via aperture 10411 .
- the rotatable coupling can be achieved through use of a capstan, such as 10112 and 10117 of FIG. 15 , which can be similar to the torque receiving joint 10460 , 10530 of the component arm 10120 , 10500 shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 . As such, rotation of either control member around the z-axis results in rotation of the respective transmitting member.
- transmitting drive members 10405 , 10410 and receiving drive member 10415 can be physically coupled via transmission members 10420 such as a cable, toothed belt or similar apparatus, rotation of one control member can result in rotation of any other attached control member and component arm. As such, this provides the advantage of allowing the z-distance adjustment system 10400 to be operated using only a single control member.
- the radius of the transmitting drive members 10405 , 10410 and receiving drive member 10415 can be chosen to modify the speed of the z-distance adjustment.
- the transmitting drive members 10405 , 10410 can have a larger radius than the receiving drive member 10415 such that, for a single revolution of a control member 10110 , 10115 , the receiving drive member 10415 rotates more than one revolution.
- Various embodiments may comprise a retractor, use a retractor, or are configured to be used with a retractor and not an endoscope, laparoscope, or arthroscope.
- many embodiments comprise retractors or use retractors or are configured to be used with retractors wherein cameras are disposed on the retractors, not endoscope, laparoscope, or arthroscope.
- the retractor fits in an opening in a manner to provide ample room for the surgeon to operate but does not provide a gas seal for pumping up a cavity as may a laparoscope. Similarly, in many embodiments the retractor does not maintain alignment of the layers of tissue that are cut through to form the incision.
- the retractor is not employed as a fulcrum for surgical tools.
- the camera(s) can be positioned on top of the retractor near and above the body surface or on the retractor at a depth within the surgical site (e.g., at the far distal end of the retractor into the deepest portion of the surgical site, or elsewhere on the retractor such as more proximal).
- Many embodiments are employed for spine surgery, neurosurgery, head and/or neck surgery, and ear nose and throat surgery and many embodiments involve the cutting and extraction of bone, for example, through the pathway provided by the retractor.
- the functions described herein may be performed by software (e.g., including modules) including executable code and instructions running on one or more systems including one or more computers.
- the software may be stored in computer readable media (e.g., some or all of the following: optical media (e.g., CD-ROM, DVD, Blu-ray, etc.), magnetic media (e.g., fixed or removable magnetic media), semiconductor memory (e.g., RAM, ROM, Flash memory, EPROM, etc.), and/or other types of computer readable media.
- the one or more computers can include one or more central processing units (CPUs) that execute program code and process data, non-transitory, tangible memory, including. for example, one or more of volatile memory, such as random access memory (RAM) for temporarily storing data and data structures during program execution, non-volatile memory, such as a hard disc drive, optical drive, or FLASH drive, for storing programs and data, including databases, a wired and/or wireless network interface for accessing an intranet and/or Internet, and/or other interfaces.
- CPUs central processing units
- RAM random access memory
- non-volatile memory such as a hard disc drive, optical drive, or FLASH drive
- programs and data including databases
- a wired and/or wireless network interface for accessing an intranet and/or Internet, and/or other interfaces.
- the computers can include a display for displaying user interfaces, data, and the like, and one or more user input devices, such as a keyboard, mouse, pointing device, touch screen, microphone and/or the like, used to navigate, provide commands, enter information, provide search queries, and/or the like.
- user input devices such as a keyboard, mouse, pointing device, touch screen, microphone and/or the like.
- the systems described herein can also be implemented using general-purpose computers, special purpose computers, terminals, state machines, and/or hardwired electronic circuits.
- Various embodiments provide for communications between one or more systems and one or more users. These user communications may be provided to a user terminal (e.g., an interactive television, a phone, a laptop/desktop computer, a device providing Internet access, or other networked device). For example, communications may be provided via Webpages, downloaded documents, email, SMS (short messaging service) message, MMS (multimedia messaging service) message, terminal vibrations, other forms of electronic communication, text-to-speech message, or otherwise.
- a user terminal e.g., an interactive television, a phone, a laptop/desktop computer, a device providing Internet access, or other networked device.
- communications may be provided via Webpages, downloaded documents, email, SMS (short messaging service) message, MMS (multimedia messaging service) message, terminal vibrations, other forms of electronic communication, text-to-speech message, or otherwise.
Abstract
A surgical retractor includes a plurality of cameras integrated therein. One such retractor includes a tubular retractor and an insert supporting said plurality of cameras can be disposed within a tubular retractor.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/491,935, entitled “MEDICAL APPARATUS FOR USE WITH A SURGICAL TUBULAR RETRACTOR”, filed Sep. 19, 2014, which claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/880,808, entitled “SURGICAL VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS”, filed Sep. 20, 2013; to U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/920,451, entitled “SURGICAL VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS”, filed Dec. 23, 2013; to U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/921,051, entitled “SURGICAL VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS”, filed Dec. 26, 2013; to U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/921,389, entitled “SURGICAL VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS”, filed Dec. 27, 2013; to U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/922,068, entitled “SURGICAL VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS”, filed Dec. 30, 2013; and to U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/923,188, entitled “SURGICAL VISUALIZATION SYSTEMS”, filed Jan. 2, 2014. The entirety of each application referenced in this paragraph is incorporated herein by reference.
- Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to surgical devices and visualization systems for use during surgery.
- Some surgical operations involve the use of large incisions. These open surgical procedures provide ready access for surgical instruments and the hand or hands of the surgeon, allowing the user to visually observe and work in the surgical site, either directly or through an operating microscope or with the aide of loupes. Open surgery is associated with significant drawbacks, however, as the relatively large incisions result in pain, scarring, and the risk of infection as well as extended recovery time. To reduce these deleterious effects, techniques have been developed to provide for minimally invasive surgery. Minimally invasive surgical techniques, such as endoscopy, laparoscopy, arthroscopy, pharyngo-laryngoscopy, as well as small incision procedures utilizing an operating microscope for visualization, utilize a significantly smaller incision than typical open surgical procedures. Specialized tools may then be used to access the surgical site through the small incision. However, because of the small access opening, the surgeon's view and workspace of the surgical site is limited. In some cases, visualization devices such as endoscopes, laparoscopes, and the like can be inserted percutaneously through the incision to allow the user to view the surgical site.
- The visual information available to a user through laparoscopic of endoscopic contain trade-offs in approach. Accordingly, there is a need for improved visualization systems, for use in minimally invasive surgery.
- The systems, methods and devices of the disclosure each have several innovative aspects, no single one of which is solely responsible for the desirable attributes disclosed herein.
- In one aspect, a medical apparatus for use with a surgical tubular retractor configured to hold open an incision and thereby provide a pathway for access of surgical tools to a surgical site, the surgical retractor having a first end, a second end, and a longitudinal axis extending between the first and second ends, wherein the pathway extends along the longitudinal axis into the surgical site and the first end is more proximal than the second end, the apparatus comprising: an imaging insert configured to be received within the tubular retractor, the imaging insert comprising a proximal end and a distal end, wherein the imaging insert is configured to extend along the longitudinal axis of the tubular retractor between the first and second ends of the tubular retractor without substantially obstructing the pathway and maintaining the pathway allowing the surgical tools to gain access to the surgical site through the proximal end of the imaging insert; and wherein the imaging insert comprises: a proximal head of the imaging insert at the proximal end, the proximal head configured to be disposed above the first end of the tubular retractor; and a plurality of cameras inwardly facing toward the pathway; and wherein the plurality of cameras are disposed on an inner surface of the imaging insert. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert further comprises an illumination assembly disposed on an inner surface of the imaging insert. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert is substantially tubular and an outer surface of the imaging insert is configured to contact an inner surface of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises one or more pieces configured to be extending from the proximal head, and wherein an outer surface of the one or more a pieces is configured to contact an inner surface of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises one or more pieces configured to be disposed adjacent to one another, and wherein an outer surface of the one or more a pieces is configured to contact an inner surface of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises one or more annular pieces configured to be disposed adjacent to one another to form a substantially tubular insert, and wherein an outer surface of the one or more annular pieces is configured to contact an inner surface of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises a restraint configured to prohibit the imaging insert from passing completely through the pathway of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the proximal head of the imaging insert is wider than a distal portion of the imaging insert to restrain the imaging insert from passing completely through the pathway of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the proximal end of the imaging insert abuts the first end of the tubular retractor and the distal end of the insert is configured to be aligned with the second end of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert is configured to slidably engage with the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises a ridge on an outer surface configured to correspond to a groove on an inner surface of the tubular retractor, wherein the groove is configured to receive the ridge and to allow the insert to be slidably engaged with the retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the imaging insert comprises a groove on an outer surface configured to correspond to a ridge on an inner surface of the tubular retractor, wherein the groove is configured to receive the ridge and to allow the insert to be slidably engaged with the retractor. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein at least one of the plurality of cameras are on a flexible cable is configured to be moved between the proximal and distal end of the imaging insert. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the flexible cable is configured to be fed through a slot on the proximal head of the imaging insert, wherein the at least one of the plurality of cameras on the flexible cable is moved closer or further from the distal end as the flexible cable is raised and lowered within the imaging insert. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus further comprising a plurality of connectors on the proximal head of the imaging insert, wherein the plurality of connectors comprise an optical fiber input port, a fluid port, or an air port. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the illumination assembly comprises at least one illumination source, the at least one illumination source comprising light guides or fibers. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the illumination assembly comprises at least one illumination source, the at least one illumination source configured to be longitudinally movable along a length of the imaging insert. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the plurality of cameras are configured to be longitudinally movable along a length of the imaging insert.
- In another aspect, a medical apparatus comprising: a camera platform, the camera platform comprising a camera module; a flexible joint; a movement assembly; and a retractor connector surface, the retractor connector surface configured to be mounted to a surface of a retractor; wherein the flexible joint is configured to permit movement of the camera platform relative to the retractor connector surface. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the movement assembly comprises at least one set of push-pull cables. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the movement assembly comprises an electro-mechanical actuator configured to actuate the at least one set of push-pull cables. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the movement assembly comprises an actuator configured to move the camera platform, wherein the actuator is pneumatically or hydraulically driven.
- In certain aspects, a movable mechanical device for positioning a camera on a surgical device is disclosed. The device can include a camera platform configured to attach to the camera, a surgical device connector surface configured to attach to the surgical device, and an electro mechanical actuator configured to control the position of the camera. The electro mechanical actuator can comprise a Micro-Electro-Mechanical System (MEMS) actuator. In some embodiments, the surgical device can include a surgical tool. In other embodiments, the surgical device can include a retractor configured to hold open a surgical incision and to provide access to a surgical site.
- In certain aspects, an imaging module for disposing on a surgical device is disclosed. The imaging module can be configured to provide images of a surgical site within a field-of-view of the imaging module. The imaging module can include at least one optical sensor having at least one active detection area on a front face of the at least one optical sensor. The imaging module can also include first and second channels. The first channel can include first imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the at least one active detection area to form left-eye view images of the surgical site on the at least one active detection area. The first imaging optics can comprise one or more lenses. The second channel can include second imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the at least one active detection area to form right-eye view images of the surgical site on the at least one active detection area. The second imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- The imaging module can also include redirection optics between the first and second imaging optics and the at least one active detection area. The redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the first and second imaging optics to the at least active detection area such that the at least one optical sensor can be oriented so as to reduce obstruction to the surgical site by the at least one optical sensor. In addition, the imaging module can include a mask associated with the at least one optical sensor. The mask can be configured to partition the at least one active detection area of the at least one optical sensor to define left-eye and right-eye views of the left-eye and right-eye view images.
- In various embodiments, the mask can be an electronic mask implemented via software. The mask can be configured to be movable along an axis of the at least one optical sensor. The mask can include two portions. A distance between the two portions can be configured to be adjustable. For example, the distance between the two portions can be configured to be adjustable to control a convergence angle of the imaging module. In some embodiments, the mask can comprise an opening and a size of the opening can be adjustable. The mask can be configured to be controllable via a user interface.
- In some embodiments, the at least one optical sensor can comprise a single sensor comprising a single chip. In other embodiments, the at least one optical sensor can comprise first and second sensors. In addition, in some embodiments, the redirection optics can comprise first and second prisms.
- The imaging module of certain embodiments can be disposed on a surgical tool. In other embodiments, the imaging module can be disposed on a retractor configured to hold open a surgical incision and to provide access to the surgical site.
- In certain aspects, a stereo optical assembly for disposing on a surgical device is disclosed. The assembly can be configured to provide stereo imaging of a surgical site within a field-of-view of the assembly. The stereo optical assembly can include an imaging module. The imaging module can include an optical sensor assembly comprising one or more optical sensors. The imaging module can also include first and second channels. The first channel can comprise first imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the optical sensor assembly to form left-eye view images of the surgical site on the optical sensor assembly. The first imaging optics can include one or more lenses. The second channel can comprise second imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the optical sensor assembly to form right-eye view images of the surgical site on the optical sensor assembly. The second imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- The imaging module can also include first and second redirection optics. The first redirection optics can be between the first and second imaging optics and the optical sensor assembly. The first redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the first and second imaging optics to the optical sensor assembly such that the optical sensor assembly can be oriented so as to reduce obstruction to the surgical site by the optical sensor assembly. The second redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the surgical site to the first and second imaging optics. The second redirection optics can be configured to control a convergence angle of the imaging module. For example, the second redirection optics is configured to increase the convergence angle of the imaging module.
- In some embodiments of the stereo optical assembly, the first and second channels can comprise first and second ends respectively. The first and second ends can be configured to receive light from the second redirection optics. The second redirection optics can comprise first and second optical apertures configured to receive light from the surgical site. A center-to-center distance between the first and second optical apertures can be greater than a center-to-center distance between the first and second ends. In some embodiments, the second redirection optics can include first and second prisms.
- In various embodiments, the imaging module is a first imaging module, and the stereo optical assembly further comprises a second imaging module. The second imaging module can include a second optical sensor assembly comprising one or more optical sensors. The second imaging module can also include a third channel and a fourth channel. The third channel can comprise third imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the second optical sensor assembly to form second left-eye view images of the surgical site on the second optical sensor assembly. The third imaging optics can include one or more lenses. The fourth channel can comprise fourth imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the second optical sensor assembly to form second right-eye view images of the surgical site on the second optical sensor assembly. The fourth imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- The second imaging module can also include third redirection optics between the third and fourth imaging optics and the second optical sensor assembly. The second redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the third and fourth imaging optics to the second optical sensor assembly.
- In some such embodiments, the first imaging module has a first convergence angle, the second imaging module has a second convergence angle, and the first convergence angle is substantially equal to the second convergence angle. The first imaging module is located at a proximal location, the second imaging module is located at a distal location, and the distal location is configured to be disposed closer to the surgical site than the proximal location.
- The first imaging module can comprise a movable electronic mask associated with the optical sensor assembly or the second imaging module can comprise a movable electronic mask associated with the second optical sensor assembly. In some embodiments, the optical sensor assembly comprises a single sensor comprising a single chip. In other embodiments, the optical sensor assembly comprises first and second sensors. The first redirection optics can include first and second prisms.
- The stereo optical assembly of certain embodiments can be disposed on a surgical tool. In other embodiments, the stereo optical assembly can be disposed on a retractor configured to hold open a surgical incision and to provide access to the surgical site.
- In certain aspects, a stereo optical assembly for disposing on a surgical device is disclosed. The assembly can be configured to provide stereo imaging of a surgical site within a field-of-view of the assembly. The assembly can include a proximal imaging module at a proximal location. The proximal imaging module can be configured to provide a first left-eye view and a first right-eye view of the surgical site. The assembly can also include a distal imaging module at a distal location. The distal imaging module can be configured to provide a second left-eye view and a second right-eye view of the surgical site. The distal location can be configured to be disposed closer to the surgical site than the proximal location. In addition, an effective separation distance between the first left-eye and right-eye views can be larger than an effective separation distance between the second left-eye and right-eye views.
- In various embodiments, the proximal imaging module has a first convergence angle, the distal imaging module has a second convergence angle, and the first convergence angle is substantially equal to the second convergence angle. In some embodiments, at least one of the effective separation distance between the first left-eye and right-eye views and the effective separation distance between the second left-eye and right-eye views can be defined by a plurality of prisms. In some embodiments, the effective separation distance between the first left-eye and right-eye views can be defined by a movable electronic mask associated with an optical sensor of the proximal imaging module or the effective separation distance between the second left-eye and right-eye views can be defined by a movable electronic mask associated with an optical sensor of the distal imaging module.
- In certain aspects, an imaging module for disposing on a surgical device is disclosed. The imaging module can be configured to provide images of a surgical site within a field-of-view of the imaging module. The imaging module can include at least one optical sensor having at least one active detection area on a front face of the at least one optical sensor. The imaging module can also include first and second channels. The first channel can include first imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the at least one active detection area to form left-eye view images of the surgical site on the at least one active detection area. The first imaging optics can comprise one or more lenses. The second channel can include second imaging optics configured to focus light from the surgical site onto the at least one active detection area to form right-eye view images of the surgical site on the at least one active detection area. The second imaging optics can include one or more lenses.
- The imaging module can also include redirection optics between the first and second imaging optics and the at least one active detection area. The redirection optics can be configured to redirect light from the first and second imaging optics to the at least active detection area such that the at least one optical sensor can be oriented so as to reduce obstruction to the surgical site by the at least one optical sensor.
- In some embodiments, the at least one optical sensor can comprise a single sensor comprising a single chip. In other embodiments, the at least one optical sensor can comprise first and second sensors. In addition, in some embodiments, the redirection optics can comprise first and second prisms.
- The imaging module of certain embodiments can be disposed on a surgical tool. In other embodiments, the imaging module can be disposed on a retractor configured to hold open a surgical incision and to provide access to the surgical site.
- In various aspects, a stereo camera system is provided. The stereo camera system can include a pair of image sensors comprising a left image sensor and a right image sensor. Each of the pair of image sensors can have an active detection area on a front face of the image sensor. The left image sensor can be offset along a first direction from the right image sensor. In addition, the front face of the left image sensor can be oriented such that a plane of the front face of the left image sensor is parallel to a plane of the front face of the right image sensor. The front face of the left image sensor can face the front face of the right image sensor. Each of the planes of the front faces can be oriented perpendicular to the first direction.
- In various embodiments, the stereo camera system can include a pair of lens trains comprising a left lens train having a plurality of lens elements along a left optical path and a right lens train having a plurality of lens elements along a right optical path. The left optical path can be offset along the first direction from the right optical path. The stereo camera system can also include a pair of optical redirection elements comprising a left optical redirection element positioned along the left optical path and configured to redirect the left optical path to the front face of the left image sensor and a right optical redirection element positioned along the right optical path and configured to redirect the right optical path to the front face of the right image sensor.
- In some embodiments of the stereo camera system, the left optical redirection element comprises a left prism and the right redirection element comprises a right prism. In some such embodiments, the left prism can be offset from the right prism along the first direction. The left prism can comprise a primary reflective face that is orthogonal to a primary reflective face of the right prism. In some embodiments, the left optical redirection element comprises a left mirror and the right redirection element comprises a right mirror.
- In some embodiments, the left optical redirection element can be configured to redirect the left optical path 90 degrees and the right optical redirection element can be configured to redirect the right optical path 90 degrees. The redirected left optical path and the redirected right optical path can be anti-parallel to one another. In some embodiments, the left optical path and the right optical path can be parallel.
- In various embodiments, the left image sensor can be a two-dimensional detector array and the right image sensor can also be a two-dimensional detector array. For example, the left image sensor can be a CCD detector array and the right image sensor can also be a CCD detector array.
- In various aspects, a stereo camera system is provided. The stereo camera system can comprise a pair of image sensors comprising a left image sensor and a right image sensor. The stereo camera system can also comprise a pair of lens trains comprising a left lens train having a plurality of lens elements along a left optical path and a right lens train having a plurality of lens elements along a right optical path. The left optical path can be offset laterally from the right optical path. The stereo camera system can also comprise a pair of optical redirection elements comprising a left optical redirection element positioned along the left optical path and configured to redirect the left optical path to the front face of the left image sensor and a right optical redirection element positioned along the right optical path and configured to redirect the right optical path to the front face of the right image sensor.
- Furthermore, certain embodiments also include a surgical visualization system comprising a plurality of camera systems. At least one of the plurality of camera systems can include a stereo camera system in accordance with certain embodiments as described herein. Various embodiments also include a retractor including a stereo camera system as described herein disposed thereon. In addition, some embodiments include a surgical tool including a stereo camera system as described herein disposed thereon.
- In various aspects, a surgical visualization system display is disclosed. The surgical visualization system display can include at least one camera configured to acquire video images of a surgical tool. The at least one camera can be configured to be disposed on a surgical device. The surgical visualization system can also include an image processing system in communication with the at least one camera. The image processing system can comprise at least one physical processor. In certain embodiments, the image processing system can be configured to receive tracking information associated with the location of the surgical tool, and to adjust a focal length and/or orientation of the at least one of camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- In various embodiments, the image processing system can be configured to adjust a focal length and/or orientation of the at least one camera so as to maintain focus of the surgical tool with movement of the surgical tool. The at least one camera can comprise a plurality of cameras. The surgical device can comprise a retractor.
- In some embodiments, the image processing system can be configured to adjust the focal length of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information. In some embodiments, the image processing system can be configured to adjust the orientation of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- The surgical visualization system display can further include a foot pedal, where actuation of the foot pedal can be configured to send a signal causing the image processing system to receive tracking information associated with the location of the surgical tool, and to adjust a focal length and/or orientation of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- In certain aspects, a surgical visualization system display is disclosed. The surgical visualization system display can include at least one camera disposed on a surgical tool and configured to acquire video images of a surgical site. The surgical visualization system display can also include an image processing system in communication with the at least one camera. The image processing system can comprise at least one physical processor. The image processing system can be configured to receive tracking information associated with the location of the surgical tool, and to adjust a focal length and/or orientation of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- In some embodiments, the image processing system can be configured to adjust the focal length of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information. In some embodiments, the image processing system can be configured to adjust the orientation of the at least one camera, based at least in part on the received tracking information.
- In another aspect, a medical apparatus comprising a surgical visualization system console; and a drive system disposed within the console and in communication with at least one surgical tool, wherein the drive system comprises at least one drive board configured to drive the at least one surgical tool. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the drive system comprises an ultrasonic driver board. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the drive system comprises a radiofrequency (RF) driver board. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the RF driver board is configured to support at least two modulation formats associated with at least two surgical tools, respectively. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the at least one surgical tool comprises an ultrasonic tissue aspirator, bipolar coagulation and cutting tool, bipolar forceps, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus comprising a foot pedal in communication with the drive system. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the foot pedal is configured to send a signal to the drive system indicative of a power level associated with the one or more surgical tools. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein the power level is proportional to a degree to which the foot pedal is configured to be depressed.
- In another aspect, a method of driving surgical tools, the method comprising receiving a signal from a foot pedal to drive a first surgical tool, wherein the signal includes information as to a degree to which the foot pedal is depressed; and driving power to the first surgical tool in proportion to the degree to which the foot pedal is depressed. In some embodiments, the method further comprising, driving power to a second surgical tool, wherein the second surgical tool has a modulation format different than that of the first surgical tool.
- In certain aspects, a surgical visualization system display is disclosed. The surgical visualization system display can include a plurality of cameras, at least one disposed on a retractor. A first camera of the plurality can be configured to image fluorescence in a surgical site. A second camera of the plurality can be configured to produce a non-fluorescence image of said surgical site. The first and second cameras can have different spectral responses. For example, in some embodiments, one of the first and second cameras is sensitive to infrared and the other is not.
- In another aspect, a surgical visualization system configured to receive images from one or more cameras, the surgical visualization system comprising a display, electronics configured to receive and process image signals from the one or more cameras, an input connector configured to fluidly connect with a source of pneumatic pressure, and one or more pneumatic outputs configured to fluidly connect to the input connector. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system further comprising a hydraulic pressure circuit having one or more valves, wherein at least one of the one or more pneumatic outputs is configured to operate one or more of the valves of the hydraulic pressure circuit. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein the hydraulic pressure circuit is fluidly connected to one or more surgical tools and is configured to operate the one or more surgical tools using hydraulic pressure. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the one or more valves is an elastomeric proportional valve. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the one or more pneumatic outputs is a solenoid. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the one or more pneumatic outputs is a piston. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the pneumatic outputs is a pneumatic actuator. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system further comprising one or more valves positioned on fluid lines between the source of pneumatic pressure and the one or more pneumatic outputs. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system further comprising a hydraulic cassette assembly. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein at least one of the one or more pneumatic outputs is configured to operate a cassette lifter configured to raise and/or lower the hydraulic cassette assembly. In some embodiments, surgical visualization system wherein one or more of the pneumatic outputs are configured to operate as a tube ejector for a peristaltic pump.
- In another aspect, a surgical tool comprising a proximal handle portion, a distal handle portion connected to the proximal handle portion and rotatable with respect to the proximal handle portion about an axis of rotation, a base portion connected to the distal handle portion and fixed thereto in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation, a top portion connected to the distal handle portion and movable with respect to the distal handle portion in the direction parallel to the axis of rotation, the top portion having a cutting edge on a distal end of the top portion configured to operate with a cutting portion on the base portion to cut bone or tissue, a proximal actuation chamber within the proximal handle portion, a piston connected to the top portion and fixed thereto in the direction parallel to the axis of rotation; and an actuation element positioned at least partially within the proximal actuations chamber and configured to exert an axial force on the piston in the direction parallel to the axis of rotation. In some embodiments, the surgical tool further comprising a distal actuation chamber within the distal handle portion. In some embodiments, the surgical tool further comprising a biasing element positioned within one or more of the proximal handle portion and the distal handle portion and configured to bias the piston in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation and away from a distal end of the base portion. In some embodiments, the surgical tool wherein the actuation element is a bag or balloon configured to be inflated by a source of physiological saline. In some embodiments, the surgical tool further comprising a return valve configured to introduce physiological saline to the tool to compress the actuation element.
- In another aspect, a surgical tool comprising; a hydraulic impeller assembly comprising a turbine housing defining a blade cavity, a flow director positioned at least partially within the turbine housing, an impeller having a plurality of impeller blades, the impeller positioned at least partially within the blade cavity, an output shaft rotatably connected to the impeller and configured to transfer a torque from the impeller to a drill, and one or more ports in a wall of the blade cavity providing fluid communication between an interior of the blade cavity and an exterior of the blade cavity; a hydraulic fluid input port; a pneumatic fluid input port; and a controller configured to control a proportion of pneumatic and hydraulic fluids input into the blade cavity. In some embodiments, the surgical tool further comprising a fluid output port line configured to facilitate fluid communication between at least one of the one or more ports and a hydraulic pressure source. In some embodiments, the surgical tool further comprising a vacuum source configured to extract fluid from the blade cavity through the one or more ports in the wall of the blade cavity. In some embodiments, the surgical tool wherein the vacuum source is an external pump. In some embodiments, the surgical tool wherein the vacuum source is a bypass channel in the turbine housing in fluid communication with the blade cavity via the one or more ports, wherein a low pressure fluid is passed through the bypass channel to draw fluid out from the blade cavity via the Venturi effect. In some embodiments, the surgical tool wherein the low pressure fluid is a gas. In some embodiments, the surgical tool wherein at least a portion of the fluid extracted from the blade cavity is physiological saline. In some embodiments, the surgical tool wherein the hydraulic impeller assembly is configured to receive both pressurized hydraulic fluid and pressurized pneumatic fluid to rotate the impeller. In some embodiments, the surgical tool wherein the controller is configured to increase the proportion of hydraulic fluid input to the blade cavity when higher torque is desired and to increase the proportion of pneumatic fluid input to the blade cavity when a higher rotational speed is desired.
- In another aspect, a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, and a hydraulic system configured to deliver fluid to the at least one camera to remove obstructions therefrom, wherein said hydraulic system comprises a pulsing valve connected to a high pressure source of said fluid configured to provide pulses of fluid. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said pulsing valve comprises a pop off valve configured to open when a pressure threshold is reached to provide increased pressure beyond the threshold value resulting in a pulse of liquid from the pulsing valve. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said at least one camera comprises a plurality of cameras and said pulsing valve is disposed in said hydraulic system such that the fluid is delivered to each of the plurality of cameras at the same time. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said pulsing valve is disposed in a line that splits into different fluid outlets to clean different cameras, said pulsing valve disposed upstream of said split. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said hydraulic system is further configured to deliver pressurized air to the at least one camera after said fluid is delivered. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said surgical device comprises a retractor.
- In another aspect, a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, and a hydraulic system configured to deliver air to the at least one camera, wherein said hydraulic system comprises a pulsing valve connected to a high pressure source of air to provide pulses of air. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said pulsing valve comprises a pop off valve configured to open when a pressure threshold is reached to provide increased pressure beyond the threshold value resulting in a pulse of air from the pulsing valve.
- In another aspect, a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, said at least one camera having camera optics, and a hydraulic system configured to deliver fluid and air to the camera optics of said at least one camera to remove obstructions therefrom, wherein said hydraulic system comprises a three way valve connected to a supply of said fluid and a supply of high pressure air, said three way valve configured to selectively shut off said supply of fluid and to provide instead pressurized air thereby reducing inadvertent leakage of fluid onto the camera optics. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said hydraulic system is configured to deliver fluid pulses and air pulses to said at least one camera. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus further comprising a pop off valve, wherein said three way valve is disposed downstream of said pop off valve. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said surgical device comprises a retractor.
- In another aspect, a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, said at least one camera having camera optics, and a hydraulic system comprising a valve connected to a high pressure source of fluid and configured to deliver fluid to the camera optics of said at least one camera to remove obstructions therefrom, wherein said hydraulic system is configured to open said valve periodically based on a pre-programmed schedule or a schedule selected by a user.
- In another aspect, a medical apparatus comprising a surgical device, at least one camera disposed on the surgical device, said at least one camera having camera optics, and a hydraulic system comprising a valve connected to a high pressure source of fluid and configured to deliver fluid to the camera optics of said at least one camera to remove obstructions therefrom, wherein said hydraulic system is configured deliver fluid when an obstruction reducing the amount of light entering the camera is detected. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein said at least one camera produces an image signal and said apparatus is configured to monitor said image signal to determine when visibility is compromised and thereby trigger delivery of said fluid to clean the camera optics. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein camera intensity is monitored. In some embodiments, the medical apparatus wherein attenuation of red wavelength compared to green wavelength is monitored to determine whether blood is on the camera reducing the amount of light entering the camera.
- In another aspect, a suction system for a surgical system, the suction system comprising: a suction cassette including: a cassette housing; and a plurality of ports facilitating fluid communication between an interior and an exterior of the cassette housing; a first suction line in fluid communication with the suction cassette and configured to be positioned in fluid communication with a surgical site; a second suction line in fluid communication with the suction cassette and configured to be positioned in fluid communication with the surgical site; and a storage tank in fluid communication with the suction cassette. In some embodiments, the suction system further comprising a connector in fluid communication with the suction cassette and with a vacuum source. In some embodiments, the suction system wherein the vacuum source maintains a pressure below ambient pressure within the storage tank. In some embodiments, the suction system wherein the first suction line is configured to operate as a high flow suction line to suction heavy bleeding. In some embodiments, the suction system wherein the second suction line is configured to operate as a low flow suction line to identify and coagulate low flow bleeding. In some embodiments, the suction system further comprising an intermediate storage tank positioned at least partially within the cassette housing and in fluid communication with one or more of the first suction line and the second suction line. In some embodiments, the suction system further comprising a pump positioned on a fluid line between the intermediate storage tank and the storage tank to pull material from the intermediate storage tank to the storage tank. In some embodiments, the suction system wherein the pump is a peristaltic pump.
- A separate apparatus can include a translation system having an upper connecting member and a lower connecting member, the translation system designed to have a component attached to the translation system, wherein the component is configured to translate relative to the upper connecting member along at least a first axis and a second axis, a pitch-yaw adjustment system designed to attach to the component, the pitch-yaw adjustment system designed to rotate the component about a joint around an axis parallel to the first axis and rotate the component about the joint around an axis parallel to the second axis, a first control member designed to attach to the translation system via one or more control member joints, wherein the first control member is physically coupled to both the translation system and the pitch-yaw adjustment system so as to provide control thereto.
- In some embodiments, the component can be attached to the lower connecting member via an arm. In some embodiments, the first control member can be physically coupled to the translation system such that the component can be translated along the first axis or second axis by translating the first control member in the direction parallel to the first axis or second axis respectively. In some embodiments, the first control member can be designed to connect to a component of the apparatus via a joint having three rotational degrees of freedom. In some embodiments, the first control member can be designed to connect to the translation system via the lower connecting member. In some embodiments, the translation system can also include a guide assembly designed to attach the upper connecting member to the lower connecting member, wherein the guide assembly can be positioned between the upper connecting member and the lower connecting member. In some embodiments, the first control member can be physically coupled to the pitch-yaw adjustment system such that the component can be rotated about the joint around the first axis or second axis by rotating the first control member about the control member joint around an axis parallel to the first axis or second axis respectively. In some embodiments, the pitch-yaw adjustment system can be designed such that rotation of the first control member about the control member joint can result in about a one-to-one rotation of the component about the joint. In some embodiments, the pitch-yaw adjustment system can be designed such that rotation of the first control member about the control member joint can result in greater than a one-to-one rotation of the component about the joint. In some embodiments, the pitch-yaw adjustment system can be designed such that rotation of the first control member about the control member joint can result in less than a one-to-one rotation of the component about the joint.
-
FIGS. 1A-C show an embodiment of a surgical retractor device having an integrated imaging assembly. -
FIG. 2A is a schematic illustration of a tubular retractor and an imaging insert including an illumination assembly and a camera module. -
FIG. 2B is a schematic cross-section of a retractor having an imaging insert received therein. -
FIGS. 3A-E are schematic illustrations of a tubular retractor assembly with imaging insert received therein. -
FIG. 4A shows a cross-section of a tubular insert comprising a hollow right circular cylinder having guides on the outer surface of the insert that contact the inner surface of the retractor tube. -
FIG. 4B shows a tubular insert in the shape of a hollow right circular cylinder as and an upper support configured to rest above a retractor. -
FIG. 4B-4E shows tubular inserts partitioned into separate segments as seen in the cross-section orthogonal to the length of the insert. -
FIG. 5A illustrates example embodiments of stereo optical assemblies for proximal and distal cameras on the retractor. -
FIG. 5B illustrates an example two-dimensional image sensor with a pair of prisms and a single chip employed for stereo camera. -
FIG. 5C illustrates an example two-dimensional image sensor with a pair of prisms and two chips employed for stereo camera. -
FIGS. 6A-6D are schematic illustrations of a camera module with flex cable, according to various embodiments. -
FIG. 7A illustrates a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a flexible mount for a camera on a retractor. -
FIG. 7B illustrates an embodiment of the retractor blade, camera, and movement cable system for moving a camera with respect to a retractor blade. -
FIG. 8A shows a schematic illustration of a surgical visualization system including a foot pedal. -
FIG. 8B illustrates an embodiment ofmultiple foot pedals 10801 within a frame. -
FIGS. 9A-9C are schematic illustrations of an embodiment of a pneumatically actuated tool. -
FIG. 9D is a schematic illustration of another embodiment of a hydraulically actuated surgical device. -
FIG. 9E is a schematic illustration of an embodiment of a cutting tip of the surgical device embodiment ofFIG. 9D . -
FIG. 9F is a schematic illustration of another embodiment of a cutting tip of the surgical device embodiment ofFIG. 9D . -
FIG. 9G is a schematic illustration of another embodiment of a cutting tip of the surgical device embodiment ofFIG. 9D . -
FIG. 10A shows a perspective cross-section of a hydraulic turbine. -
FIG. 10B shows a cross-section of a portion of the hydraulic turbine ofFIG. 10A . -
FIG. 10C shows a cross-section of a portion of the hydraulic turbine ofFIG. 10A and a diverted fluid flow path. -
FIG. 11 shows one embodiment of an impeller. -
FIG. 12 is a schematic illustration of a medical suction system. -
FIG. 13 is a schematic illustration of a pneumatic actuator circuit. -
FIG. 14A is a perspective view of an embodiment of an apparatus having a translation system and a pitch-yaw adjustment system. -
FIG. 14B is a partial section view of the apparatus ofFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 15 is a partial section view of an embodiment of an apparatus having a translation system, a pitch-yaw adjustment system, and a z-distance adjustment system. -
FIG. 16A is a front view of an embodiment of a pitch-yaw adjustment system having greater than a one-to-one adjustment ratio. -
FIG. 16B is a front view of an embodiment of a pitch-yaw adjustment system having a one-to-one adjustment ratio. -
FIG. 16C is a front view of an embodiment of a pitch-yaw adjustment system having less than a one-to-one adjustment ratio. -
FIG. 16D is a front view of an embodiment of a pitch-yaw adjustment system having a variable adjustment ratio. -
FIG. 17 is a perspective view of an embodiment of an arm for a component. -
FIG. 18 is a perspective view of an embodiment of an arm for a component. -
FIG. 19A is a perspective view of an embodiment of a z-distance adjustment system. -
FIG. 19B is a perspective view of an embodiment of a z-distance adjustment system. - The following description is directed to certain embodiments for the purposes of describing the innovative aspects of this disclosure. However, a person having ordinary skill in the art will readily recognize that the teachings herein can be applied in a multitude of different ways. Thus, the teachings are not intended to be limited to the embodiments depicted solely in the figures. and described herein, but instead have wide applicability as will be readily apparent to one having ordinary skill in the art.
-
FIGS. 1A-C show one embodiment a surgical retractor device that includes an integrated imaging assembly. In some embodiments, the imaging assembly includes a plurality of integrated cameras. Theretractor 100 includes threeblades 101, however, more or less may be included depending on the design. Each of the blades may be attached to anarticulable arm 103 that allows for the position of the blades to be adjusted during the operation. For example, following a small incision, the threeblades 101 can be arranged in a closed position where each are positioned close to one another. In this closed configuration, the three blades can be introduced through the incision, and then expanded to provide for an operating pathway or working space. Inother embodiments 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or more blades, fingers, retractor members, or other barriers may be employed (or fewer members such as two blades, etc., or even a single member such as a single lumen of a tubular retractor may be used). In various embodiments, the surgical area may be at least 400 mm2, for example, have an opening with an areas between 400 and 2100 mm2. The working space may be an area centrally located between retractor blades (or within the lumen of a tubular retractor) that allows for surgical tools or other instruments to pass through. As shown, the retractor does not obstruct the center of the retractor (e.g., array of retractor blades, finger, members, etc., or lumen of a tubular retractor) and the open region formed by the retractor and permits unobstructed access to the center of the surgical site for ready access by the surgeon. Each of theblades 101 includes one or more integrated cameras, or cameras with combined stereo paths to one sensor orcamera module 105. In various embodiments the number of camera modules and configurations can vary. In the illustrated embodiment, eachcamera module 105 includes acamera 107 and one or more, or twoillumination sources 109 disposed on opposite sides of thecamera 107. In various embodiments, the number of illumination sources per camera module may vary. In some embodiments, the illumination sources may not be disposed directly adjacent any particular camera. In some embodiments, the illumination sources can be omitted, and the camera module can rely on ambient supplementary or overhead light or light directed from a light source located elsewhere. In some embodiments, the orientation of anintegrated camera 107 may be substantially fixed with respect to theretractor blade 101 or other surgical tool. In some embodiments, thecamera 107 and/or thecamera module 105 may be adjustable with respect to theretractor blade 101. - In the illustrated embodiment, the
retractor blades 101 are substantially rigid. In various embodiments, the retractor blades may be malleable, and may have a wide range of different structural features such as width, tension, etc. For example, stronger, larger retractor blades may be desired for spinal and trans-oral surgery, while weaker, smaller retractor blades may be desired for neurosurgery. In some embodiments, the retractor can be configured such that different blades can be arranged as desired. - Each of the
camera modules 105 are in electrical communication with anaggregator 104. Theaggregator 104 is configured to receive input from each of thecamera modules 105, and to connect to external components viaelectrical cable 108. For example, the hub oraggregator 104 may receive image data from each of thecamera modules 105 and may transmit the image data to an image processing module (not shown). In the illustrated embodiment, the wiring connecting thecamera modules 105 with theaggregator 104 is imbedded within theretractor blades 101 and articulatingarms 103 and is not visible. In some embodiments, as described in more detail below, cables connecting thecamera modules 105 with theaggregator 104 may be adhered (either permanently or non-permanently, e.g., releasably) to the exterior surface of theretractor 100. In the illustrated embodiment, the hub oraggregator 104 is affixed to an upper surface of theretractor 100. The aggregator may be positioned at any locations relative to theretractor 100, or may be disconnected from theretractor 100 altogether. The aggregator may contain camera interface electronics, tracker interface electronics and SERDES to produce a high speed serial cable supporting all cameras in use. In various embodiments, the retractor camera output is coupled to a console which causes video from the retractor camera to be presented on display. - Although the illustrated embodiment shows
integrated camera modules 105, in various embodiments thecamera modules 105 may be removably attached to theretractor blades 101. In some embodiments, thecamera modules 105 can be disposed within pre-positioned receptacles on theretractor blades 101 or other surgical device. In some embodiments, thecamera modules 105 can be disposed at a plurality or range of locations desired by the user on theretractor blades 101. In various embodiments, the orientation and position of the sensors can be adjusted by the user, e.g., physician, nurse, technician, or other clinician. In some embodiments, for example, the camera may be disposed on a track such that the camera can slide up and down the retractor, e.g., retractor blade. The height of the camera or camera within or above the surgical site may thereby be adjusted as desired. Other arrangements for laterally adjusting the position of the camera may be used. Additionally, in various embodiments, the cameras may be configured to have tip and/or tilt adjustment such that the attitude or orientation of the camera may be adjusted. The line of sight or optical axis of the cameras can thereby be adjusted to, for example, be directed more downward into the surgical site or be directed less into the surgical sight and more level or angled in different lateral directions. Thecamera modules 105 can include sensors or markers for, e.g., electromagnetic or optical tracking or use encoders, accelerometers, gyroscopes, or inertial measurement units (IMUs) or combinations thereof or any other orientation and/or position sensors, as described in more detail below. Tracking can provide location and/or orientation of the cameras. The images obtained by the cameras may be stitched together or tiled using image processing techniques. Tracking or otherwise knowing the relative locations of the sensor can assist in image processing and display formatting. - In various embodiments, pairs of cameras together provide information for creating a stereo effect or 3-dimensional (3D) image. Pairs of cameras, for example, may be included on each of the
blades 101 of theretractor 100. - As illustrated, the retractor is configured to hold open tissue so as to produce an open region or cavity centrally located between the blades. Notably, in various embodiments, this open central region is unobstructed by the retractor. In particular, the central portions of the open region would be unobstructed by features of the retractor such that the surgeon would have clear access to the surgical site. The surgeon could thus more freely introduce and utilize his or her tools on locations within the surgical site. Additionally, this may enable the surgeon to use tools with both hands without the need to hold an endoscope.
- Also as illustrated, the cameras are disposed on the blades of the retractor such that the cameras face inward toward the surgical site that would be held open by the retractor blades. The cameras in this example would be disposed about the central open region held open by the retractor blades so as to provide views from locations surrounding the surgical site. The camera thus would face objects within the surgical site such as structures on which tools would be used by the surgeon to operate.
- In this particular example, the cameras on two of the blades face each other such that the leftmost blade and the cameras thereon would be in the field-of-view of the cameras on the rightmost blade and vice versa. The cameras on the leftmost blade may be anti-parallel to the cameras on the rightmost blade and have optical axes oriented at an angle, θ, of 180° with respect to each other. The cameras on the remaining blade may be directed orthogonally to the other two blades and thus have optical axes directed at an angle, θ, of 90° with respect to each other. Retractors with cameras can be reaffixed to a frame or mounting structure during a procedure and the cameras can reorient themselves with respect to relative position within an array of the cameras through their communication protocol with the aggregator and video switching unit.
- In some embodiments, the field-of-views of the different cameras, and hence the images produced by the different cameras, may overlap. Image processing may be employed to yield increased resolution at the regions of overlap. Likewise, the number of sensors used may be increased to provide increased field-of-view and/or resolution. Likewise, cameras with overlapping images can be electronically magnified thereby making their images adjacent rather than overlapping.
- A minimally invasive spine surgery can use a tubular retractor having a circular working space with a diameter of approximately 25 mm. The retractor contains blades, fingers, or at least one barrier such as e.g., a tube that holds tissue back to maintain open the surgical site. Multiple cameras located on the retractor at locations within the surgical field or in very close proximity thereto, e.g., within 75 mm of the surgical opening, can provide a useful viewpoint for the surgeon. The cameras may for example be located on the blades, fingers, tubular barrier, or other portion of the retractor close to the surgical field or within the patient and the surgical field. The cameras may include pairs of cameras arranged and/or oriented to provide stereo and thus 3D imaging or single CMOS camera chips with dual optics to provide stereo. The cameras may be located at various locations in relation to surgical devices, for example, the cameras can be located proximally and distally along or near a retractor, wherein the location of the cameras can be configured to facilitate both the progression of surgery and an enhanced view or view selection of an area of interest. Tubular Retractor
-
FIG. 2A is a schematic illustration of a tubular retractor and an imaging insert including an illumination assembly and a camera module. Atubular retractor 10650 is sized and configured to receive aninsert 10652 therein, which includes anillumination assembly 10654 and acamera module 10600. In the illustrated embodiment, thecamera module 10600 is slidably received within theinsert 10652, allowing for thecamera module 10600 to be raised and lowered (i.e. advanced distally or retracted proximally) with respect to theinsert 10652. Theillumination assembly 10654 in the illustrated embodiment takes a curvilinear shape, forming a C-shape as seen in plan view (for example, from the top inFIG. 2A ). An opticalfiber input port 10656 is configured to receive an optical fiber line such as an optical fiber bundle which delivers light to the illumination assembly. Interior light guides or fibers carry received light from theinput port 10656 to output ends disposed at thedistal end 10658 of theillumination assembly 10654. In use, light output from the distal end of theillumination assembly 10658 can illuminate the field of view to be imaged by thecamera module 10600. - In the embodiment of
FIG. 2A , asingle camera module 10600 is disposed within theinsert 10652. However, in other embodiments,more camera modules 10600 can be coupled with theinsert 10652. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 2B , aretractor 10650 has received therein aninsert 10652 which includes anillumination assembly 10654 and fourcamera modules 10600. As seen in cross-section, fouroutputs 10658 of the illumination assembly are interspersed betweenadjacent camera modules 10600. -
FIGS. 3A-D are schematic illustrations of a tubular retractor assembly with an imaging insert received therein.FIGS. 3A-B show side perspective views withFIGS. 3C-D showing top and bottom views, respectively.FIG. 3E shows an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the tubular retractor assembly with imaging insert received therein. Theinsert 10652 is received withintubular retractor 10650, with aproximal head 10660 of theinsert 10652 resting above the tubular retractor 16050. The insert comprises a restraint configured to prohibit the insert from passing completely into the working channel of the retractor. Theproximal head 10660 can be wider than the distal portion of theinsert 10652 to thereby restrain theinsert 10652 from passing completely into thetubular retractor 10650. In some embodiments, when theproximal head 10660 abuts the top of thetubular retractor 10650, the distal end of theinsert 10652 is substantially aligned with a distal end of the tubular retractor 10650 (seeFIG. 3E ). In some embodiments, other restraints can be used. For example, in some embodiments the restraint can include one or more protrusions from the proximal end of the insert, rather than an entire proximal head portion. In some embodiments, the restraint can include a ridge on the insert corresponding to a groove in the retractor, wherein the groove is configured to receive the ridge and to allow the insert to be slidably engaged with the retractor, while limiting the relative positions of the two. In some embodiments, the restraint can similarly include a groove in the insert corresponding to a ridge on the retractor. - In various embodiments, the retractor may assume other shapes, and need not be tubular. For example, the retractor 16050 may be rectangular, triangular, elliptical, or may have one or more openings on a side. An
upper ring 10662 on the top of theproximal head 10660 includes a plurality ofslots 10664 configured to receiveflex cables 10608 therein. The flex cables are described in more detail herein. In the illustrated embodiment, twoflex cables 10608 are provided, each directed to a different one of theslots 10664. Associated with eachslot 10664 is arotatable knob 10666 which, when actuated, causes theflex cable 10608 to be fed into or out of theinsert 10652. With actuation of the rotary knob 1066, therefore, the associatedflex cable 10608 can be raised or lowered within theinsert 10652, nearer or further from thedistal end 10668. In other embodiments, different actuation mechanisms may be used to lower or raise the flex cables. By lowering or raising theflex cables 10608, the cameras disposed on the distal ends thereof (as shown inFIGS. 6A-C , for example) are moved closer or further from thedistal end 10668. In some embodiments, a restraining bar may be provided within theproximal head 10660 to ensure that upon raising the flex cable 10608 (i.e. proximally retracting the flex cable 10608), theflex cable 10608 does not bend towards the working space of the retractor. - A plurality of connectors are provided on the
proximal head 10660 of theinsert 10652, including an opticalfiber input port 10656, afluid port 10670, and anair port 10672. Thefluid port 10670 andair port 10672 can provide fluid, such as saline, and air to the cameras disposed on theflex cables 10608 for cleansing, drying, etc., as described elsewhere herein. In some embodiments, the insert can additionally include a port for aspiration, for example for removal of blood, saline, or other fluids from the surgical site. Arack 10674 is provided that supports the cables attached to theports flex cables 10608. Within the interior of theinsert 10652, a plurality ofillumination fibers 10676 extend downward along the length of theinsert 10652. Theillumination fibers 10676 carry light from the opticalfiber input port 10656 and emit the light out of the distal ends of theillumination fibers 10676, as shown inFIG. 3E . The shape and dimensions of theillumination fibers 10676 can be configured to provide appropriate illumination for imaging (e.g., directionality and uniformity), while also preserving working space within the retractor. As shown, theillumination fibers 10676 can have a substantially rectangular cross-section, such that thewidth 10678 of theillumination fibers 10676, which extend along the circumference of theinsert 10652, is longer than thedepth 10680, which extends radially inward from theinsert 10652. In some embodiments, the ratio of the width to the depth can be between about 1.25 and 5, between about 1.5 and 4, or between about 2 and 3. In some embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of theillumination fibers 10676 can be curved, for example semi-annular. Light passing along theillumination fibers 10676 propagates along their lengths until being emitted from the distal end. In use, the emitted light illuminates a surgical site. In some embodiments, an optical element (e.g., prism, mirror, lens, etc.) can be appended to the distal end of theillumination fiber 10676 to shape or divert the beam of light emitted from theillumination fiber 10676. - In some embodiments, an insert comprises an upper support configured to rest above a retractor. The proximal head of the
insert 10660 shown inFIG. 3B , for example, comprises such an upper support. The support is configured to receive camera modules within, thereby guiding the camera modules within the interior of the retractor. The retractor and the insert can define an interior working space, through which tools can be inserted towards a surgical site. In some embodiments, the insert can be substantially tubular. Optionally, theouter surface 10702 of the insert can includeguides 10704 such as shown inFIG. 4A on the outer surface of the insert which contacts theinner surface 10706 of the retractor tube. Theguides 10704 can provide for some space between the insert and theinner wall 10706 of the retractor tube. In some embodiments, theguides 10704 are configured to engage with features such as complementary shaped features on theinner surface 10706 of the (e.g. tubular) retractor, in some cases allowing for aligned insertion of the insert with respect to the retractor. For example, theouter wall 10702 of the tubular insert can include ridges configured to mate with corresponding grooves on theinner surface 10706 of the retractor, or vice versa. In some embodiments, theouter surface 10702 of the tubular insert can be configured to substantially correspond to theinner surface 10706 of the tubular retractor. - The tubular insert can be characterized by a length and a width. For example, in the case of a tubular insert in the shape of a hollow cylinder such as a hollow right circular cylinder as shown in
FIG. 4B , the length, L, is the length of the cylinder, and the width, W is the diameter of the outer surface of the cylinder. In this embodiment, the width, W, is measured at the distal end. Also, the insert comprises anupper support 10708 configured to rest above a retractor. In this case, the length, L, is measured from the distal end of theupper support 10708 where the insert is configured to enter into the retractor. In other embodiments, the tubular insert may assume other shapes, and need not be right circular cylindrical. For example, the tubular insert as seen from a cross-section orthogonal to the length (and z-axis) may be annular, elliptical, rectangular, or other shape. The cross-section may be semiannular forming half of an annulus or other fractional parts of an annulus, such as ⅓, ¼, ⅔s etc. Similarly, the cross-section may form parts of an ellipse, rectangular, or other shape. - Likewise, in some embodiments, the tubular insert as seen from the cross-section orthogonal to the length thereof (and to the z-axis) may be partitioned into separate components. For example, as illustrated in
FIG. 4C , twosemi-annular pieces 10710 may be disposed adjacent to one another or abut one another to form the substantially tubular insert. In some embodiments, such as shown inFIG. 4D , three or moreseparate pieces 10710 may be positioned adjacently to provide the substantially tubular shape. In some embodiments, such separate pieces can be retained together by a support structure such as theupper support 10708 shown inFIG. 4B . In other embodiments, the separate pieces may be inserted separately into the retractor. In some embodiments, each separate piece may be configured to mate with retention features on the retractor, to maintain the separate insert piece in place. - Similarly, in some embodiments, the insert may be semi-annular corresponding to only a portion of the
inner surface 10706 of the tubular retractor. For example, one or two of theseparate pieces 10710 may be excluded from the insert shown inFIG. 4D . Similarly, one of theseparate pieces 10710 may be excluded from the insert shown inFIG. 4C .FIG. 4E shows an example embodiment of an insert having twoseparate pieces 10710 that cover less than ½ of theinner surface 10706 of the tubular retractor. As illustrated byFIG. 4E , the twoportions 10710 can have different sizes, e.g., arc lengths, as shown in the cross-section orthogonal to the length of the insert (and z axis), which is depicted. Thus, the insert need not cover substantially all theinner surface 10706 of the tubular retractor. In some embodiments, theouter surface 10702 of the insert corresponds only to less than ⅞ of the perimeter of theinner surface 10706 of the retractor, in some embodiments less than ¾, less than ⅔, less than ½, or less than ⅓ of the perimeter of the inner surface of the retractor. However, in some embodiments, the insert corresponds to at least ⅓ of the perimeter of theinner surface 10706 of the retractor, in some embodiments corresponding to at least ½ of the perimeter of the inner surface of the retractor, in some embodiments corresponding to at least ⅔, at least ¾, or at least ⅞ of the perimeter of the inner surface of the retractor. Combinations of these ranges as well as other ranges are also possible. - In some embodiments, the length of the insert may be greater than the width of the insert. In some embodiments, this width is measured at the distal end of the insert although in other embodiments the width may be measured at the middle of the length of the insert. In some embodiments, the insert includes an upper support such as 10708 that is wider than the distal end of the insert and the length is measured from the distal end of the support structure where the insert enters the retractor. In some embodiments, the length of the insert may be least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, or 1.9 the width. In some embodiments, the length of the insert may be least 2, 3, 4, 5, or more times the width. In various embodiments, however, the length is less than 6, 5, 4, 3, or 2 times the width thereof. The insert may be characterized by a central opening through which tools may be inserted. In some embodiments, the central opening has a width, Winner, of at least ⅓ of the total width, W, of the insert. In some embodiments, the central opening can have a width of at least ⅔ of the total width, in some embodiments at least ¾ of the total width, in some embodiments at least ⅞ of the total width. In various embodiments, the central opening has a width less than 15/16, ⅞, ¾, ⅔, or ½ the total width.
- In some embodiments, the insert can comprise an upper head portion (such as the
upper support 10708 shown inFIG. 4B ) and a plurality of elongate support structures for supporting a plurality of cameras and at least one illumination source (represented bycomponents 10714 inFIGS. 4C-4E ). Such elongate support structures may correspond to thesections 10710 shown inFIGS. 4C-4E or may be disposed thereon. In some embodiments, the insert can comprise an upper head portion and a plurality of elongate support structures for supporting a plurality ofillumination sources 10714 and at least onecamera 10714. In some embodiments, access can be provided for tools through thecenter 10712 of the insert to the surgical site. In some embodiments, theillumination sources 10714 can comprise light guides or fibers. In some embodiments, at least onecamera 10714 can be disposed at a distal end of an elongate support structure, and at least onecamera 10714 can be disposed proximally to the distal end of an elongate support structure. In some embodiments, a plurality ofcameras 10714 disposed on the support structures can face inwards towards the workingspace 10712. In some embodiments, a plurality ofcameras 10714 disposed on the support structures can face one another. In some embodiments, twocameras 10714 disposed on the support structures are arranged at 180 or more degrees with respect to one another. As illustrated inFIG. 4D , the cameras point in directions having an angle θ of at least 180° with respect to each other or the normals or optical axes of the cameras are directed at an angle θ of at least 180° with respect to each other. In various embodiments, the lines of sight, optical axes, or normals of thecameras 10714 converge toward a common area. The angle need not be limited to 180 or more degrees. In some embodiments, twocameras 10714 disposed on the support structures are arranged at 90 or more degrees with respect to one another, that is, thecameras 10714 point in directions having an angle θ of at least 90° with respect to each other or the normals or optical axes of the cameras are directed at an angle θ of at least 90° with respect to each other. Again, as illustrated, the lines of sight, normals or optical axes, of thecameras 10714 converge toward a common area. In some embodiments, the twocameras 10714 are arranged at at least 45 degrees with respect to one another, in some embodiments at least 30 degrees with respect to one another. - In some embodiments, the plurality of
cameras 10714 comprises at least three cameras, at least four cameras, at last five cameras, or more. In some embodiments, the plurality ofillumination sources 10714 comprises at least three illumination sources, at least four illumination sources, at least five illumination sources, or more. In some embodiments, the plurality ofcameras 10714 comprises at least two pairs of stereo cameras, at least three pairs of stereo cameras, at least four pairs of stereo cameras, or more. The multiple stereo pairs can be arrange at angles of at least 30°, 45°, 90°, 180° with respect to each other. In some embodiments, the plurality of elongate support structures comprises at least three elongate support structures, at least four elongate support structures, at least five elongate support structures, or more. In some embodiments, the elongate support structures are configured such that when the insert is received within the retractor, the average distance separating theouter surface 10702 of the elongate support structures and the inner surface of the retractor is less than 5 mm, less than 4 mm, less than 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1 mm or less and can be touching or be at least 0.2 mm, at least 0.5 mm, at least 1 mm, at least 2 mm, at least 3 mm, at least 4 mm in various embodiments. In some embodiments, the elongate support structures are configured to guide the insertion of the insert into the retractor. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality ofcameras 10714 is configured to be longitudinally movable along the length of the elongate support structure. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality ofillumination sources 10714 is configured to be longitudinally movable along the length of the elongate support structure. - In some embodiments, an insert for a retractor provides rigid support for one or
more camera modules 10714 and one or morelight sources 10714, wherein the insert is configured to cover at least 25% of the sidewall of the retractor. In some embodiments, the insert is configured to cover at least 35% of the sidewall, in some embodiments at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or more (e.g. 100%). In some embodiments, the insert is configured to cover at most 90% of the sidewall, in some embodiments at most 80%, at most 70%, at most 60%, at most 50%, or less. In some embodiments, a plurality of such inserts together covers at least 50% of the sidewall of the retractor, in some embodiments at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or more but may be at most 90% of the sidewall, in some embodiments at most 80%, at most 70%, at most 60%, at most 50%, or less. In some embodiments, the insert can be spaced apart from the sidewall of the retractor, on average, by less than about 5 mm, less than about 4 mm, less than about 3 mm, less than about 2 mm, or less and can be touching or be, on average, at least 0.2 mm, at least 0.5 mm, at least 1 mm, at least 2 mm, at least 3 mm, at least 4 mm in various embodiments. In some embodiments, the insert can be spaced apart from the sidewall of the retractor by on average less than about 10% of the width, W, of the insert, by less than about 5% of the width of the insert, by less than about 3% of the width of the insert, or less but can be spaced apart from the sidewall of the retractor by on average at least about 1% of the width, W, of the insert, at least about 3% of the width of the insert, at least about 5% of the width of the insert. In some embodiments the insert is generally disposed against and touches theinner surface 10706 of the retractor. In some embodiments, the plurality of inserts can together provide acentral access 10712 for tools through the retractor to a surgical site. - Accordingly, in some embodiments, an insert for a retractor provides rigid support for one or more camera modules and/or one or more
light sources 10714, wherein the insert has a width, W greater than its thickness, T. In some embodiments, thesidewall 10706 of the insert can be substantially arcuate or curved. In some embodiments, thesidewall 10706 of the insert is flat, linear, and/or planar. The cross-section of the insert, orthogonal to the length (and z axis as shown) can be substantially rectangular. In some embodiments, the width, W, can be at least twice the thickness, T, in some embodiments at least three times, at least four times, at least five times, or more and may be ten times or less, five times or less, four times or less, etc. In some embodiments, multiple inserts are configured to be simultaneously disposed within the retractor, the inserts together providing acentral access 10712 for tools through the retractor to a surgical site. In some embodiments, a system comprises a retractor havinginner sidewalls 10706, and a conformal insert having a shape corresponding to the inner sidewalls of the retractor. In some embodiments, the conformal insert has a shape corresponding to at least 25% of theinner sidewalls 10706 of the retractor. In some embodiments, the conformal insert has a shape corresponding to at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 75%, or more of theinner sidewalls 10706 of the retractor. In some embodiments, the conformal insert is spaced apart from theinner sidewalls 10706 of the retractor by on average less than about 5 mm, less than about 4 mm, less than about 3 mm, less than about 2 mm, or less. In some embodiments, the conformal insert is spaced apart from theinner sidewalls 10706 of the retractor by on average less than about 10% of the width of the insert, by less than about 5%, less than about 3%, or less. - Additionally, in some embodiments, an insert comprises a
top head portion 10708 and a plurality of rigid elongate support structures for supporting proximal anddistal cameras 10714 thereon and at least oneillumination source 10714. In some embodiments, the length, L, of the support structures that is configured to extend into the retractor is greater than the width, W. In some embodiments, the length of the support structures is at least twice the width, at least three times the width, at least four times the width, or more. - Additionally, in some embodiments, an insert comprises a
top head portion 10708 and a plurality of rigid elongate support structures configured to receive acamera 10714 and at least oneillumination source 10714. In some embodiments, the length, L, of the support structures that is configured to extend into the retractor is greater than the width, W. In some embodiments, the length of the support structures is at least twice the width, at least three times the width, at least four times the width, or more. - Camera Modules with Flex Cable
-
FIGS. 6A-6D are schematic illustrations of a camera module with a flex cable, according to one embodiment. Thecamera module 10600 includes acamera 10602 disposed at the distal end, enclosed withinhousing 10604. As shown inFIG. 6B , thecamera 10602 includes asensor 10606 disposed onflex cable 10608.Optics 10610 are arranged over thesensor 10606. Theflex cable 10608 is disposed on astiffener 10612, which can be made of, for example, stainless steel or other sufficiently rigid material to support theflex cable 10608,optics 10610,sensor 10606, etc. In some embodiments, theflex cable 10608 may be overlaid with silicone or other protective material and/or potting material. As shown inFIG. 6C ,housing 10604 includes awindow 10614 through which the image can be taken viaoptics 10610 andsensor 10606. In various embodiments, thewindow 10614 comprises a sapphire window. In various embodiments, the housing may comprise a thin wall. In some embodiments, the housing may be made of electro-formed thin wall stainless steel, and may be laser welded to the stiffener. As described in more detail below, theentire camera module 10600 can be moved proximally or distally to obtain the desired view for imaging. -
FIG. 6D illustrates theproximal end 10616 of theflex cable 10608, which includes a plurality ofelectrical leads 10618 on atab 10619 extending perpendicularly from the longitudinal axis of theflex cable 10608. As a result, the L-shapeddistal end 10616 can be received withinvertical slots 10620 of theaggregator 10622. When received within thevertical slots 10620, electrical connection is made between theflex cable 10608 and theaggregator 10622. Alid 10624 can be disposed over thevertical slits 10620 to protect the upward facing electrical connections. Anopen channel 10626 in theaggregator 10622 can be configured to receive fluidics lines, fiber optic cables, or other components. In the illustrated embodiment, theopen channel 10626 is disposed beneath the electrical connector slits 10620. However, in other embodiments the open channel may be arranged next to or above the electrical connector slits. - In some embodiments, the cameras on the retractor blades or flexible cable can be tilted, for example, upward or downwards or sideways or combinations thereof. The cameras can be tilted to achieve different orientations of the camera. For example, in some embodiments, the cameras can be tilted with the use of hydraulic balloon, diaphragm, or bellows actuated pistons thereby orienting the camera in different positions relative to the retractor blade. The tilt of the camera can be changed prior to or during a surgical procedure. For example, the cameras can be positioned on a stage and the stage can be tilted with the use of hydraulic balloon, diaphragm or bellows actuated pistons thereby orienting the camera in different positions relative to the retractor blade. In some embodiments, the cameras on the retractor blades can be situated on a track that allows the camera to move vertically (and/or laterally) on the retractor blade thereby changing the position of the camera. Such a vertical position can be set prior to surgery or during surgery. The positioning may be performed manually or by using an actuator, such as a motor or other actuator.
- In some embodiments, the camera module position and orientation with respect to the retractor can be controlled, for example, remotely controlled. The camera may be manipulated to tilt or move vertically or horizontally with respect to the retractor. Electrical, manual mechanical, or other means can control and/or drive the position or orientation of the camera. In some embodiments, the camera movement can be provided by an electro mechanical device such as a piezo or other actuator. In some embodiments, the camera movement can be provided by one or more Micro-Electro-Mechanical System (MEMS) actuators. In some embodiments, however, MEMS devices may encounter limitations with regard to autoclaving and exposure to water.
- In various embodiments, the camera modules can be positioned using a movable mechanical device or system that is manually controlled.
FIG. 7A illustrates a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a flexible joint or hinge 10812 having acamera platform 10811 and aretractor connector surface 10811. The flexible joint can be a flexible revolute joint or hinge that allows the camera to move relative to the rigid structure of the retractor and/or retractor mountedconnection surface 10813. In various embodiments, the flexural revolute joint can provide one degree of freedom such as pitch variation. The flexural element can promote correct alignment, may have reduced or no stiction, and may be inexpensive and compact. In some embodiments, thecamera platform 10811 can have attached push-pull cables, rods orother members 10814. The push-pull rods ormembers 10814 can allow for movement of thecamera 10811 relative to theretractor blades 10813. The movement of the camera can result from tension (or pressure) forces exerted on a portion of thecamera platform 10811 which creates flexing of theflexible joint 10812. Once the tension (or pressure) is released, the flexible joint allows thecamera platform 10811 and camera thereon to return to the unflexed position. - As illustrated in
FIG. 7B , in some embodiments, the cables 10814 (or rods or others members) are connected to a knob or crank 10816 positioned at a proximal or top end of the retractor orretractor blade 10815. Movement of the knob 10816 creates the force used to actuate the push-pull cables, rods, ormembers 10814 and provides the movement and locking mechanisms for thecables 10814. One set of push-pull cables, rods, ormembers 10814 can be provided on each side of thecamera platform 10811 to allow movement about a vertical axis of the joint. Such a configuration can allow for one degree of freedom movement of the camera andcamera platform 10811. In some embodiments, additional push-pull cables, rods, ormembers 10814 can be provided to support movement of thecamera 10811 in additional directions. For example, a second set of push-pull cables, rods, ormembers 10814 can be attached to the top and bottom portions of thecamera platform 10811. Actuation of thesecables 10814 can provide movement of thecamera platform 10811 about the horizontal axis. In some embodiments, a flexural gimbal having two degrees of freedom, such as pitch and yaw, may be used. In some embodiments, the hinge, pivot, or joint can be a ball joint or a jeweled pivot. In some embodiments, the linear motion of the push-pull cable, rod, or member (e.g., the pull motion on a flexible joint) can drive a wedge to create angular motion of the camera with respect to theretractor element 10815. In some embodiments, instead of or in addition to a push-pull cable, rod or member, a pull cable, rod or member for pulling (or pushing) can be used with a joint such as a flexural revolute joint that has a flexural spring return. - As described above, in some embodiments, the movement is provided with electrical actuators. Instead of manually turning a knob or crank, for example, a motor or other electro-mechanical actuator could be used to drive the motion.
- Additionally, in some embodiments, the camera can be actuated pneumatically or hydraulically. Pressurized air or saline can allow for remote actuation of the camera. Bellows or diaphragms may be used to provide the force necessary to rotate or tilt the camera with respect to the retractor blade. The pneumatic or hydraulic actuation requires no motors and has greater compatibility with EM tracking devices as described herein. In some embodiments that do not employ a MEMS actuation device, autoclaving can be employed and water damage issues are alleviated.
-
FIG. 8A is a schematic illustration of a surgical visualization system including a foot pedal. In some embodiments, afoot pedal 10801 may be provided for use with the console 10001. Thefoot pedal 10801 can be positioned adjacent to the console 10001 and within the reach of the foot of a medical professional 10029, 10031 during use. In some embodiments, thefoot pedal 10801 can communicate with the console 10001 through a connection provided by, for example, afoot pedal cable 10802. When thefoot pedal 10801 is depressed, thefoot pedal 10801 provides an output signal through thefoot pedal cable 10802. The output signal can allow for control, movement, actuation, or other functionalities provided by the associated console mechanisms, various of which are described herein. Thefoot pedal 10801 andfoot pedal cable 10802 can provide for communication with the console 10001 to allow for the medical professional to remotely control the various functions associated with the console 10001. In some embodiments, thecable 10802 can be excluded and communication between thefoot pedal 10801 and console 10001 can be provide, for example, wirelessly. - The
foot pedal 10801 can activate or control the functions associated with or connected to the console 10001. During surgery, a medical professional 10029, 10031 can depress or otherwise activate thefoot pedal 10801. In some embodiments, such activation can provide for activation or communication with an associated hydraulic, mechanical, or electrical system. For example, the activation of thefoot pedal 10801 by depressing thefoot pedal 10801 can start a hydraulic circuit similar to one that can also control the tools or camera cleaning components as described herein. The foot pedal can be used to control the hydraulic system. In some embodiments, thefoot pedal 10801 can be used to operate surgical devices such as a surgical retractor, camera, or tools such as, Kerrison, forceps, or any other tools as disclosed or described herein. Additionally, thereon some embodiments, the foot pedal can be used to control fluid and/or air pulses over the surface of the cameras or for use in the surgical area. - In some embodiments, the
foot pedal 10801 can be a proportional foot pedal that allows for proportional control of the associated mechanism. For example, the speed or force applied by a tool can be proportional to the depression or force applied by the medical professional to thefoot pedal 10801. Similarly, increasing depression of the foot pedal, for example, can close the tool by a proportional amount. Additionally, in some embodiments, surgical impedance feedback can be incorporated as described previously. Increased resistance felt by the surgical tool can be communicated to the operator by an increased resistance in the depression of the foot pedal. This allows the medical professional to receive a tactile response to the resistance of the tool even though the tool is operated by a remote foot pedal. - One or more foot pedals can be utilized to control one device. The multiple foot pedals can provide for control of different parameters of a device. In some embodiments, the one or more foot pedals can each operate or control different tools. One foot pedal can operate one device while a second foot pedal can control a second device. Therefore the medical professional can utilize two tools actuated by foot pedals and allowing his or her hands to be free to perform other functions. In various embodiments, one or more of these foot pedals may be proportional foot pedals and may provide tactile feedback.
- As illustrated in
FIG. 8B , in some embodiments, themultiple foot pedals 10801 can be located within thesame frame 10803. Thesingle frame 10803 housing themultiple foot pedals 10801 can provide for easy movement and positioning of the foot pedals in a close proximity to the medical professional without unnecessary crowding or reaching required by the surgeon. In various embodiments, one or more of these foot pedals may be a proportional foot pedal and may provide tactile feedback. - In some embodiments, the console 10001 can contain driver boards for controlling various surgical tools. Some embodiments further comprise a foot pedal, which can send a signal to a driver board in the console 10001 upon user actuation of the foot pedal. Upon receiving a signal from the foot pedal, the driver board can control various parameters of the surgical tools, such as power. In some embodiments, the foot pedal is proportional, so that the degree to which the foot pedal is depressed correlates to the amount of power supplied to a surgical tool and/or the result, e.g., the amount of movement, the speed, etc. Thus, for example, if the foot pedal is depressed to its maximum displacement (e.g., to the floor) the driver board can cause the surgical tool to operate at maximum power. Continuing the example, if the foot pedal is depressed to half its maximum displacement, the driver board can cause the surgical tool to operate at half the maximum power.
- In some embodiments, the console 10001 can contain an ultrasonic driver board for driving an ultrasonic tissue aspirator. The ultrasonic tissue aspirator can be used for various surgical procedures and operations, such as brain tumor debulking. Brain tumor debulking can be facilitated by various aspirator hand pieces, which can also be driven by the ultrasonic driver board inside the console 10001. The aspirator hand pieces can be reusable according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, ultrasonic power can be controlled via a proportional foot pedal. For example, depressing the foot pedal can send a signal to the ultrasonic driver board in the console 10001 to deliver power to the ultrasonic tissue aspirator in proportion to the degree to which the foot pedal is depressed.
- In some embodiments, one foot pedal may control both the aspiration level and the ultrasonic power level of the ultrasonic tissue aspirator. In some embodiments, depressing the foot pedal may cause the aspiration level and the ultrasonic power level to increase simultaneously and proportionally. In other embodiments, the aspiration level and the ultrasound power level may not increase simultaneously and/or proportionally. For example, a first depression of the foot pedal (e.g., depressing the foot pedal to half its maximum displacement) may increase the aspiration level while the ultrasound power level remains constant. A second depression of the foot pedal (e.g., depressing the foot pedal from half its maximum displacement to its full maximum displacement) may increase both the aspiration level and the ultrasound level proportionally. In other embodiments, the sequence may be reversed. Thus, a first depression of the foot pedal may increase the aspiration level and the ultrasound power level proportionally, and a second depression of the foot pedal may increase the aspiration power level while the ultrasound power level remains constant. In various embodiments, software may be provided which can be programmed to control the relation between the aspiration level and the ultrasound power level that is output when the foot pedal is depressed.
- In some embodiments, the ultrasonic driver board may introduce noise, which may disturb the video output signal from the cameras on the retractors. In order to minimize noise introduced to the video camera output signal by the ultrasonic driver board, the ultrasonic driver board can be shielded and separated from the other electronic components in the console, such as the flex cables from the cameras on the retractors. Additionally, the surgical visualization system may include a filter configured to filter out the unwanted components of the video from the cameras. Because the noise introduced by the ultrasonic driver boards may be at a particular frequency, a notch filter can be used, the notch being at a dominant frequency of the noise (e.g., at 23 kHz and/or 36 kHz). This notch filter may be included with electronics for the surgical visualization system such as electronics on the console and may be in electronics on the console arm such as the distal end of the console arm, e.g., in the CIB. The notch filter may comprise one or more digital or analog filters. In some embodiments, the notch filter is included in a processor. In some embodiments, the notch filter is included with amplifier circuitry.
- In some instances, a phase-locked loop can be employed to remove noise introduced by the ultrasonic driver board. In particular, the phase-locked loop can be used to synchronize a version of the output signal from the ultrasonic driver board with the output video signal of the cameras, such that the noise contribution to the video signal resulting from the ultrasonic driver board can be removed or at least reduced. In various embodiments, for example, the ultrasonic driver board generates an oscillating signal at a particular frequency (e.g., at 23 kHz and/or 36 kHz) as well as potentially some harmonics. This oscillating signal can introduce noise having similar frequency components into the video signal produced by the camera. In an effort to cancel out this noise, an output signal of the ultrasonic driver board at this frequency (and possibly including the harmonics) can be compared to the video output signal from the cameras, or a facsimile thereof using the phase-locked loop. The phase-locked loop can then lock onto the frequency and phase of the two signals. The phase-locked loop would then be used to produce an output similar to the ultrasonic driver board signal but with a frequency and phase that matches the output video signal of the cameras. This phase-locked signal can then be subtracted from the video signal output by the cameras so that noise in the video introduced by the ultrasonic driver board can be removed or at least reduced. In some embodiments, an adaptive filter can be used to provide the correct amplitude of the noise to be subtracted out of the video signal.
- The ultrasonic driver board, in some embodiments, drives an ultrasonic tissue aspirator, which can be coordinated with a precision suction system. The precision suction system can be used for various surgical operations. For example, the suction system can be used near fragile veins with precise control of very low vacuum levels. The suction system can also be used near ruptured aneurysms where high vacuum levels can be used for suctioning blood. Suctioned blood and tissue can be transferred to disposable canisters according to some embodiments. In addition, the suction system can be used with conventional medical devices, such as reusable and disposable cannulas. The suction system can also be coordinated with the ultrasonic tissue aspirator.
- In some embodiments, the power and/or vacuum level of the precision suction system can be controlled via a proportional foot pedal. Some embodiments include a proportional foot pedal for the precision suction system, and a separate proportional foot pedal for the ultrasonic tissue aspirator. In other embodiments, one proportional foot pedal can be used to control both the ultrasonic tissue aspirator or other tools and the precision suction system. In these embodiments, an auditory command, a gesture, a touch input, or the like can be used to select the surgical tool controlled by the proportional foot pedal.
- Some embodiments of the console include a radiofrequency (RF) driver board in the console 10001. The RF driver board can be configured to drive bipolar radiofrequency (RF) coagulation and cutting tools as well as bipolar forceps. In some embodiments, the coagulation and cutting tools are disposable. In order to reduce charring and sticking, in some embodiments the bipolar forceps can be irrigated with pressurized saline from the console 10001. Saline irrigation can further be utilized to clean the bipolar forceps as well as other surgical tools.
- A proportional foot pedal can be used to control the bipolar RF coagulation and cutting tools and the bipolar forceps. For example, depressing the proportional foot pedal can send a signal to the RF driver board causing the RF tools to operate with more or less power, in proportion to the degree to which the foot pedal is depressed. Some embodiments include a proportional foot pedal in communication with the RF driver board and a separate proportional foot pedal in communication with the ultrasonic driver board. Other embodiments include one foot pedal in communication with both the RF driver board and the ultrasonic driver board.
- According to some embodiments, the RF driver board can support multiple modulation formats. Thus, one RF driver system included in the console can support multiple RF surgical tools and their respective modulation formats. The RF driver board, may for example, comprise a processor and/or other electronics configured to provide signals with the desired formatting. Amplifiers may be used as well to provide the desired formatting. In various embodiments, a format is selected and the processor or electronics adjusts so as to output the suitable format. The format selected may vary for different surgical tools, tool types, manufacturer's etc. Selection may be provide by the surgeon, a technician, a nurse, or another medical professional. In some embodiments, the selection may be provided by RFID, EEPROM or other coding associated with the tool such that the presence or connection of the tool activates selection of the proper format. The electronics in the RF driver reconfigures the output to be consistent with the selected format. Thus, despite different modulation formats for different RF surgical tools, only one RF driver system, which may be included in the console, may be used to drive the RF surgical tools.
- As discussed above, in various embodiments, footpedals may be used to provide control, such as proportional control of electronics, hydraulics, tools, suction, and other functions or combinations of functions. Foot pedals are beneficial because control can be provided without employing the hands, which can be used for other aspect of the surgery. In certain embodiments, however, other types of controls other than foot pedals may be used. In some embodiments, the RF driver board may introduce noise, which may disturb the video output signal from the cameras on the retractors. In order to reduce of minimize noise introduced to the video camera output signal by the ultrasonic driver board, the ultrasonic driver board can be shielded and separated from the other electronic components in the console, such as the flex cables from the cameras on the retractors. Additionally, the surgical visualization system may include a filter configured to filter out the unwanted components of the video from the cameras. Because the noise introduced by the RF driver board may be at a particular frequency, a notch filter can be used, the notch being at a dominant frequency of the noise. For example, in some embodiments, the RF driver board may introduce to the video camera output signal a noise frequency of about 300-500 kHz with a modulation scheme of approximately 30 kHz and other harmonics that may be introduced by, for example, changes in the impedance of the tissue surgical site. Therefore, in these embodiments, the notch filter may be configured to filter out from the video camera output signal the dominant frequency, which may be about 500 kHz. In some embodiments, the noise introduced by the RF driver board may be at relatively high frequencies, such as 400 kHz to 3.5 MHz. Therefore, in some embodiments the surgical visualization system can include a low pass filter to remove these relatively high frequency noise signals from the video camera output signal.
- This notch filter or low pass filter may be included with electronics for the surgical visualization system such as electronics in the console and may be electronics in the console arm such as the distal end of the console arm, e.g., in the CIB. The notch filter or low pass filter may comprise one or more digital or analog filters. In some embodiments, the notch filter or low pass filter is included in a processor. In some embodiments the notch filter or low pass filter is included with amplifier circuitry.
- In some instances, a phase-locked loop can be employed to remove noise introduced by the RF driver board. In particular, the phase-locked loop can be used to synchronize a version of the output signal from the RF driver board with the output video signal of the cameras, such that the noise contribution to the video signal resulting from the RF driver board can be removed or at least reduced. In various embodiments, for example, the ultrasonic driver board generates a signal at a particular frequency (e.g., at 500 kHz) as well as potentially some harmonics. This signal can introduce noise having similar frequency components into the video signal produced by the camera. In an effort to cancel out this noise, an output signal of the RF driver board at this frequency (and possibly including the harmonics) can be compared to the video output signal from the cameras, or a facsimile thereof using the phase-locked loop. The phase-locked loop can then lock onto the frequency and phase of the two signals. The phase-locked loop would then be used to produce an output similar to the RF driver board signal but with a frequency and phase that matches the output video signal of the cameras. This phase-locked signal can then be subtracted from the video signal output by the cameras so that noise in the video introduced by the RF driver board can be removed or at least reduced. In some embodiments, an adaptive filter can be used to provide the correct amplitude of the noise to be subtracted out of the video signal. Paragraphs [0883]-[0898] and claims 111-115 from each of U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/880,808, U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/920,451, U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/921,051, U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/921,389, U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/922,068, and U.S. Prov. App. No. 61/923,188 are incorporated by reference herein.
- As illustrated in
FIG. 5A , in various embodiments the cameras located on the retractor can be configured to provide stereo imaging. A pair of lenses or lens trains may be included with a pair of optical sensors (or separate portions of a single optical sensor). The lenses form images on the image sensor(s). The pair of lens or lens trains and optical sensor(s) can mimic a pair of eyes providing stereo acquired depth perception. - In various embodiments, the cameras can additionally include one or more distal optical elements (e.g., a prism) configured to redirect an optical path or primary optical axis from being parallel with a mechanical axis (e.g., a longitudinal axis of a cable forming part of a camera module) to point inward relative to the mechanical axis. The inward pointing angle can be at least 0.1° and/or less than or equal to about 90°, at least about 15° and/or less than or equal to about 75°, or at least about 30° and/or less than or equal to about 45°. The optical subassembly can include one or more proximal optical elements (e.g., a prism) to fold the optical path of the optical assembly to be parallel with the mechanical axis (e.g., the longitudinal axis of the cable).
- In various embodiments, the optical subassembly can include distal optical elements (e.g., prisms) to further separate stereo optical paths to approximate an inter-pupillary distance, which may in some embodiments, be similar to that provided by an operating room microscope. For example, for a close working distance (e.g., 10 mm, 15 mm, 20 mm, 25 mm) the adjacent right eye and left eye separation can be placed side by side with the lens trains side by side with front collection surface side by side. In some embodiment, a single image sensor can include masking to separate portions of the sensor for the respective lens trains. In various embodiments, a center-to-center distance between the front collection surface, for the respective left and right imaging optics, divided by the above working distances approximates the convergence physicians are familiar with such as while using such operating room microscopes. For larger working distances (e.g., approaching between about 75 mm and 100 mm), the center-to-center separation can be increased by using deviating prisms configured to separate the front collection surface and/or entrance pupils. See, for example, the stereo
optical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b can be used respectively as proximal and distal cameras mounted on a retractor. - With regard to masking the sensor, in some embodiments, portions of the image sensor can be electronically mapped (e.g., through electronics or image processing methods) as left and right sides of the image sensor for the respective left and right channels of the stereo camera optics. As discussed above, in some embodiments, a center-to-center distance between the left and right sides, divided by the working distance, can be adjusted to approximate the convergence accustomed to by a surgeon. In some embodiments, the parameters are selected to approximate the convergence typical operating room microscopes. The electronic masks can be used to create left- and right-eye views using circular electronic mask openings, square electronic mask openings, or some other shape for the electronic mask openings. In some embodiments, the electronic mask openings can be movable along an axis of the sensor (e.g., a vertical or horizontal axis) to control convergence. The distance between the electronic mask openings can be controlled by a user through user interface elements on the display, such as a graphical user interface. The size of the masks (e.g., a diameter), can be electronically fixed in a non-transitory storage medium (e.g., an EPROM), and may be fixed or adjustable. The distance between the electronic mask openings can be configured according to one or more targeted or suitable effects such as, for example, alignment error correction, dead pixel masking, or the like.
-
FIG. 5A illustrates example embodiments of stereooptical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b comprising lenses and prisms. The stereooptical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b includeimage sensors 11205 a, 11205 b divided into a left-side and a right-side for producing corresponding left-side and right-side stereo images. The stereooptical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b includefirst redirection optics 11210 a, 11210 b to fold the optical axis along a path that is substantially perpendicular to the plane of theimage sensors 11205 a, 11205 b. The stereooptical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b include imaging optics such as lens trains 11215 a, 11215 b comprising one or more optical elements configured to image a scene onto theimage sensors 11205 a, 11205 b. These one or more optical elements may comprise one or more lenses, which may optically comprise one or more rod lenses. The stereooptical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b includesecond redirection optics 11220 a, 11220 b configured to define or provide a convergence angle, a field of view, and/or a line of sight for the stereooptical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b. - In some embodiments, the second redirection optics 11220 a can be configured to redirect the left- and right-side optical axes from a path that is substantially parallel with a mechanical axis of the structure with which it is associated to an axis that is between about 10 degrees and about 75 degrees, between about 20 degrees and about 60 degrees, or between about 30 degrees and about 45 degrees from coaxial with that mechanical axis. In some embodiments, the
second redirection optics 11220 b can be configured to separate left and right optical paths to an approximate inter-pupilary distance to provide stereo imaging for three-dimensional viewing. In certain embodiments, thesecond redirection optics 11220 b can be configured to separate optical paths to an approximate inter-pupilary distance of a typical operating room microscope. For relatively close working distances (e.g., about 10 mm, 15 mm, 20 mm, or 25 mm), the adjacent right-eye and left-eye separation on the image sensor, with an optical physical or electronic mask, can be sufficient for the inter-pupilary separation distance. For longer working distances (e.g., at least about 75 mm and/or less than or equal to about 100 mm), thesecond redirection optics 11220 b can be used to change the effective separation of the left- and right-eye views. In such a case, the line of sight of the proximal cameras can be decreased to be between about 30 degrees and about 50 degrees for viewing into, as opposed to within, a surgical or anatomical site. Accordingly, camera optics providing a line of sight of between about 30 degrees and about 50 degrees may be used in such cases. In various embodiments, the left and right views in side-by-side arrangement and adjusting the spacing therebetween to provide the desired convergence can reduce keystone distortions that would be cause by alternatively tilting the pair of camera views with respect to each other to provide the desired convergence. - As discussed above, in some embodiments, the stereo
optical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b can be used respectively as proximal and distal cameras mounted on a retractor. The stereooptical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b can be mounted at the same azimuthal angle with respect to the surgical site, e.g., both at 12 o'clock, 3 o'clock, 6 o'clock, 9 o'clock, or points in between. The stereooptical assemblies 11200 a, 11200 b can be configured to have their optical axes generally align with the gravity vector when mounted to a retractor. In some embodiments, the angles of the optical axes can be different from one another, or non-parallel. - As discussed above, in various embodiments a single two-dimensional image sensor can be employed for a stereo camera. Separate optics, e.g., lens trains, for left (L) and right (R) channels can be directed to the single two-dimensional image sensor as shown in
FIG. 5B . The two-dimensional image sensor may comprise, for example, a CCD or CMOS detector array. A pair of prisms or separate portions of a single prism may be employed to direct the beam from the lens train (not shown) for the respective left (L) and right (R) channels onto the single detector array. - Alternatively, more than a single chip can be employed. In particular, first and second two-dimensional detector arrays can be disposed to receive the left (L) and right (R) channels respectively as illustrated in
FIG. 5C . In the embodiment shown, first and second prisms receive light from first and second lens trains (not shown) corresponding to the left and right channels, respectively of the stereo camera. The first and second prisms turn the light onto the front face of the respective first and second two-dimensional detector array (e.g., CCD or CMOS detector arrays). Light is thus received at the front face of the detectors for converting into an electrical signal and transforming an optical image into data to create an electrical image. - In the configuration shown, the first detector array is disposed above (e.g., in the +Y direction) and is offset laterally (e.g., in the X direction) with respect to the second detector array. Additionally, the active area of the chip for the first detector array faces (e.g., in the −Y direction) while the active area of the chip for the second detector array faces (e.g., in the +Y direction.)
- Likewise, the first and second prisms are oriented oppositely as well as being disposed laterally with respect to each other. For example, the first prism is disposed in the X direction with respect to the second prism. Moreover, in the embodiment shown, the first and second prisms comprises right angle prisms, however, the first prism is flipped upside-down with respect to the second prism. Each of the first and second prisms have primary reflective faces that receive light from the lens train and direct the light to the active region of the 2D detector array chip. Because the second 2D array is below the prism while the first 2D array is above the prism, the reflective surface of the two prisms are orthogonal to each other. Accordingly, the reflective surface of the second prism reflects incoming light from the optics train downward (e.g., in the −Y direction) to the detector array thereunder. In contrast, the reflective surface of the first prism reflects incoming light from the optics train upward (e.g., in the +Y direction) to the detector array thereover.
- Advantageously, this arrangement enables the two detector array chips to be in close proximity of each other providing a more compact design. Variations are possible. For example, the prisms need not be right angle prisms. For example, the primary reflective surface need not be at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the front face of the 2D sensor arrays. Additionally, different types of prisms and/or reflective surfaces can be employed. Other variations are also possible.
- In comparison to the embodiment shown in
FIG. 5B , in some cases, the embodiments shown inFIG. 5C offers the ability obtain higher resolution. For example, the full set of available usable pixels for two separate higher resolution chips, one for each of the left and right channels, may be employed in the configuration shown inFIG. 5C . Conversely, for the configuration shownFIG. 5B the pixels of the single chip are shared by the two channels thereby reducing the resolution by half as half of the pixels are used for each of the left and right channels. - Example Camera/Sensor Designs
- As discussed above with reference to
FIGS. 5A and 5B , a single sensor may be employed to obtain left and right images of a stereo camera pair. The sensor may be partitioned into areas to receive light from left and right imaging optics that produces left and right images on the active area of the sensor. A mask can be employed to partition the active area of the sensor into these left and right areas for receiving the left and right images. In some embodiments, stereo optics with left and right lens trains image onto the single sensor that is coupled to a processor configured to collect left and right images from the sensor at far left and right edges of sensor and superimpose those images to form a stereo image with same convergence as eye. The mask can be moved to collect light from different parts of the sensor. In some embodiments, the mask can be moved dynamically to accommodate variable optical parameters of the camera optics, for example, variable focus and working distance, which coincides with varying divergence. The mask may be implemented via software and corresponds to which pixels of the sensor to exclude from image formation. Conversely, the software implemented mask determines what pixels are used to collect image data. Separate left and right open portions of the mask where light to form the image is collected can be spaced farther apart or closer together depending on the desired convergence angle, focus, work distance, etc. - In other designs, it may be possible to have a chip with two spaced apart active regions thereon corresponding to left and right image channels. A single chip in a single package can comprise semiconductor and be patterned such that two spaced apart regions of pixels may be created to receive light from left and right lens trains. The space may include in some embodiments electronics or dead space. The space between these regions may not be active areas for collecting and sensing light. The spacing may accommodate for example the space needed for the two (left and right) lens trains or other physical components. A single 45° turning prism or a pair of 45° turning prisms may be employed to redirect light from said lens trains onto the front face and active regions of the sensor.
- A surgeon makes an incision for access into the body and introduces tools initially into the body. As the tools progress into the surgical site, the surgeon may use certain embodiments of the cameras as disclosed herein on a retractor. In certain cases, the surgeon will use the proximal retractor cameras initially and the distal retractor cameras thereafter as the surgical tool(s) passes deeper into the surgical site, for example, passing through proximal regions of the opening in the body into more distal regions into the surgical site. The various cameras can be employed to guide advancement of the tool into the desired depth in the body and into the surgical site. Similarly, with removal of the instruments, this process may be reversed (for example, the distal camera may be used more after relying on the proximal camera).
- Various embodiments of the system may additionally be configured to provide for the same convergence angle for each of the stereo cameras, for example, the stereo cameras on the retractor, including possibly both proximal and distal stereo cameras. Also, if a stereo camera is mounted on a surgical tool, such as for example, a Kerrison, this tool camera too may have the same convergence angle. Having a similar convergence angle from one stereo camera to another should provide a more comfortable viewing experience for the surgeon.
- The convergence angle is determined by the separation of the left and right cameras of a stereo camera pair that make up the stereo camera. As discussed herein, these cameras obtain images of the object from different perspectives akin to the human's eyes separated by an interpupillary distance. The convergence angle is also determined by the distance to the object, for example, the working distance of the camera. In particular, the convergence angle depends on the ratio of the distance separating the left and right cameras and the working distance of the camera pair to the object.
- The human brain and eye react to depth cues resulting at least in part from the convergence. Likewise images produced by stereo cameras having a convergence angle (based on interpupillary distance and working distance of the stereo camera pair), will provide depth cues to viewers of those images. As the surgeon may be transitioning between viewing images from the proximal and distal cameras on the retractor, and one or more cameras on surgical tools, the surgeon will receive depth cues from these different cameras. In various embodiments, the stereo cameras have the same convergence so as to avoid introducing changes among the depth cues as the surgeon moves from viewing video from one of the cameras to another and to yet another and back, for example.
- In certain embodiments, stereo cameras may be configured to be adjusted to provide the same convergence angle. For example, the stereo camera or cameras on the retractor and/or surgical tool may be adjustable to provide the same convergence. As referred to above, these cameras may include proximal and/or distal cameras on the retractor.
- As discussed above with reference to
FIGS. 5A and 5B , a mask associated with the two-dimensional detector array may be adjusted to provide for the desired convergence angle. For example, a single sensor such as shown inFIGS. 5A and 5B may be employed to obtain left and right images of a stereo camera pair. The sensor may be partitioned into areas to receive light from left and right imaging optics that produces left and right images on the active area of the sensor. A mask can be employed to partition the active area of the sensor into these left and right areas for receiving the left and right images. In some embodiments, stereo optics with left and right lens trains image onto the single sensor that is coupled to a processor configured to collect left and right images from the sensor at far left and right edges of sensor. Using left and right displays, the left and right images are provided to left and right eyes of the surgeon or assistant, whose brain forms a third stereo image therefrom. The separation of the left and right areas that receive the left and right images establishes the interpupillary distant that together with the working distance controls the convergence angle. Accordingly, the mask can be moved to collect light from different parts of the sensor potentially increasing or decreasing this interpupillary distance. Moreover, in some embodiments, the mask can be moved dynamically (increasing or decreasing this separation) to accommodate variable optical parameters of the camera optics, for example, convergence, as well as variable focus and working distance. The mask may be implemented via software and corresponds to which pixels of the sensor to exclude from image formation. Conversely, the software implemented mask determines what pixels are used to collect image data. Accordingly, separate left and right open portions of the mask where light to form the image is collected can be spaced farther apart or closer together depending on the desired convergence angle. - Such a mask need not be limited to embodiments such as those disclosed in
FIGS. 5A and 5B . Embodiments such as show inFIG. 5C , which employ two detector array chips, can also have one or more masks that can be moved to accommodate for different optical parameters including convergence, work distance, focal length, etc. One or both two dimensional detector arrays can have masks having open regions that are laterally translated to change the distance separating the locations where light is collected, thus changing, for example, the convergence angle. As discussed above, the mask may be implemented via software and corresponds to which pixels of the sensor to exclude from image formation. Conversely, the software implemented mask determines what pixels are used to collect image data. Separate left and right open portions of the mask where light to form the image on separate respective chips is collected can be spaced farther apart or closer together depending on the desired convergence angle. In some embodiments, a mask is disposed on one chip while the other chip does not have such a dynamically moveable mask. By moving the mask on the one chip, however, optical parameters such as convergence can be altered. For example, if the chip on the left has a dynamic mask, the open portions in the mask can be spaced farther apart or closer to the chip on the right depending on the desired convergence angle. - Accordingly, the mask can be adjusted, for example, one or more openings therein can be translated, to provide for the same convergence between stereo cameras on the retractor and/or surgical tool. For example, a mask on one or more stereo cameras (e.g., a stereo camera pair on a surgical tool, proximal and/or distal stereo cameras on a retractor, etc.) may be changed or reconfigured, for example, by moving one or more openings therein, to provide the same convergence angle. Consequently, using the reconfigurable mask with movable aperture(s), stereo camera pairs on retractors or surgical tools may be provided with a similar convergence. By maintaining the same convergence for the different cameras, the depth cues provided the surgeon can be maintain relatively constant despite viewing images from different stereo cameras (e.g., proximal retractor camera, distal retractor camera, surgical tool camera, etc.). As a result, a more comfortable viewing experience may be provided.
- In certain embodiments, the stereo camera may additionally provide adjustable focus. One or more actuators may be included that are configured to translate one or more lenses in the camera optics that images the surgical site onto the two-dimensional detector array to change the focus of the camera. These actuators may be driven electrically in some embodiments although different types of actuators could be employed. These actuators can be included in the package that supports the camera and is disposed on the retractor. Advantageously, cameras on retractors (in contrast for example to endoscopes) have available space lateral to the imaging lenses (e.g., in the radial direction) in which such actuation devices can be located. The result may be that the lateral dimensions (e.g., in x and y) exceed the longitudinal dimensions (z), however, surgical access to the surgical site would not be impeded by utilization of the space surrounding the lenses in the lateral or radial directions.
- In various embodiments, when the focus is changed using the actuator, the mask may be reconfigured or changed as discussed above. For example, one or more open region or aperture in the mask through which light is directed to the left and/or right channel can be shifted laterally to increase or decrease the convergence angle. In this manner, the convergence angle of the stereo camera with the adjustable focus disposed on the retractor or surgical tool can be altered to be the same. Constant convergence angle for different stereo cameras can be provided even if such cameras include an adjustable focus. Both the focus and the mask can be changed as needed to provide the desired focus and convergence angle.
- Incorporating an adjustable focus enables a camera lens having a smaller depth of focus to be employed. Such a camera lens will have a larger numerical aperture and smaller F-number than a similar lens that produces a larger depth of focus. Some benefits of the larger aperture lens are increased light collection and resolution.
- Adjustment of Camera Focal Lengths and/or Orientation
- In various embodiments, the cameras on the retractor provide focused images of a surgical tool tip. Furthermore, various embodiments include software that maintains focus on the surgical tool tip, even while the tool moves about the surgical site. In particular, when the tool moves in any direction (e.g., laterally, vertically, or a combination of both), the software can be configured to maintain the retractor cameras' focus (or other camera's focus) on the tool tip by changing a focal length and/or orientation of the cameras. In various embodiments, the position and/or movement of the tool tip can be determined through a tracking device on the surgical tool, e.g., on or at the tool tip.
- When the tool tip moves about the surgical site, the distance between the cameras imaging the surgical tool tip and surgical tool tip changes, according to some embodiments. Furthermore, the distance between one camera and the tool tip, and the distance between another camera and the tool tip, can be different. For example, when the instrument tip moves about the surgical site laterally, it can move closer to one camera and farther away from another camera. As the tool tip moves the movement can cause the tool tip to become out of focus. In some embodiments, a foot pedal can be actuated (e.g., a foot pedal can be depressed), to enable adjustment of the focal distance and/or orientation of the cameras and thereby maintain focus of the target image. For example, actuation of a foot pedal can cause the retractor cameras to maintain focus on the surgical tool tip. Further, in order to account for the varying distances between each of the cameras and the tool tip, while maintaining focus of the tool tip, various embodiments can include software that changes the focus of the cameras as the tool tip changes position.
- In addition, in the case where the cameras include electrically controlled transducers or actuators to vary their orientation, the software can be configured to change the orientation of the cameras (e.g., tip, tilt, etc.) using the actuators, as the tool tip moves vertically into or out of the surgical site. For example, if the tool tip moves deeper into the surgical site, the software can be configured to increase the angle of the cameras in a downstream direction (e.g., deeper into the surgical site). As another example, if the tool tip moves out of the surgical site, the software can be configured to increase the angle of the cameras in an upstream direction. In various embodiments, the software can be configured to change the orientation of the camera with movement of the surgical tool tip, such that the cameras' view follows movement of the tool tip. This software may for example cause a processor to drive the actuators that are configured to move the cameras.
- In some embodiments, one or more cameras on the surgical tool can similarly be configured to have focal adjustment and orientation adjustment in order to maintain focus of the surgical site. In addition, tracking information can be received via a tracking device on the surgical tool. Based on this tracking information, when the surgical tool moves, the software can reposition the focal length and/or orientation of the tool camera(s) in order to maintain focus on the surgical site. Thus, the cameras can maintain focus on the surgical site while the surgical tool changes positions.
- The images of the surgical tool and/or the surgical site can be displayed on a surgical visualization system display such as one or more surgeons display and/or assistants displays according to some embodiments. Those images can also be displayed on a graphical user interface according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, a graphical user interface is displayed on the surgical visualization display. In other embodiments, a separate display is provided for the graphical user interface. In either case, the images of the surgical tool and/or the surgical site can be displayed on the surgical visualization system display(s) as well as a graphical user interface(s). In some embodiments, the movement of the tool or tool location is used to control selection of the camera images that are displayed on the displays. Additionally, actuation of a foot pedal can cause the surgical tool cameras to maintain focus on the surgical site. In some embodiments, actuation of one foot pedal device can cause both the retractor cameras and the surgical tool cameras to maintain focus of their target.
- In various embodiments, images or information in addition to video from the cameras on the retractor can be presented via the display. For example, in some embodiments fluorescence information can be displayed. Cameras that image in different wavelengths, such as infrared, could image the surgical site or objects contained therein. In some embodiments, features could be made to fluoresce, for example, by injecting fluorescent chemical and illuminating the area with light the will induce fluorescence. Such a technique may be useful to identify and/or highlight the location and/or boundaries of specific features of interest such as tumors, etc. The fluorescence or other wavelength of interest may be detected by the cameras on the retractor or one or more other cameras. In some embodiments, images produced by fluorescence or other wavelengths of interest are superimposed on one or more images from cameras on the retractor or other camera(s). Filtering could be provided to remove unwanted wavelengths and possibly increase contrast. The filter can remove excitation illumination. In some embodiments emission image content, (e.g., fluorescing tissue) can be parsed and superimposed on image content that is not emitting (e.g., tissue that is not fluorescing), or vice versa. In various embodiments, such as where the fluorescing wavelength is not visible (e.g., for fluorescence in the infrared), an artificial color rendition of the fluorescing content can be used in place of the actual fluorescing color so as to enable the fluorescing tissue to be visible.
- In various embodiments, the console can be equipped with a hydraulic and/or pneumatic system that can be employed to drive hydraulic and pneumatic tools.
-
FIGS. 9A-C illustrate an embodiment of aKerrison 1900 that can be operated hydraulically. TheKerrison 1900 can include aproximal handle portion 1918. Theproximal handle portion 1918 can be attached or otherwise connected with adistal handle portion 1923. In some embodiments, theproximal handle portion 1918 includes a grip 1915 (e.g., a pistol grip or other ergonomic grip). Theproximal handle portion 1918 can be configured to rotate about a handle axis 1927 (shown, e.g., in FIG. 9B9B) with respect to thedistal handle portion 1923. - In some embodiments, the
Kerrison 1900 includes abase 1930. Thebase 1930 can include a cutting portion at a distal end (e.g., the left end of FIG. 9B9B). Thebase 1930 can be fixed axially (e.g., parallel to the handle axis 1927) with respect to thedistal handle portion 1923 and/or with respect to theproximal handle portion 1918. In some embodiments, thebase 1930 and/ordistal handle portion 1923 are rotatable about thehandle axis 1927 with respect to theproximal handle portion 1918. - As shown in
FIG. 9C , theproximal handle portion 1918 can define anactuation chamber 1919. In some embodiments, at least a portion of theactuation chamber 1919 along a length of theactuation chamber 1919 parallel to thehandle axis 1927 has a substantially constant cross-section. In some embodiments, at least a portion of theactuation chamber 1919 has a circular cross-section. - In some embodiments, the
distal handle portion 1923 defines adistal actuation chamber 1917. In some embodiments, thedistal actuation chamber 1917 has a cross-section with substantially the same shape and/or size as a cross-section of at least a portion of theactuation chamber 1919. - The
Kerrison 1900 can include apiston 1920. Thepiston 1920 can be operably coupled with and/or attached to a Kerrisontop portion 1928. For example, thepiston 1920 can be a unitary part with or attached/adhered/welded to the Kerrisontop portion 1928. In some embodiments, thepiston 1920 andtop portion 1928 are connected via a releasable connection (e.g., a protrusion-slot connection). Thepiston 1920 can be fixed axially (e.g., parallel to the handle axis 1927) with respect to thetop portion 1928. In some embodiments, thepiston 1920 is fixed rotationally with respect to the top portion 1928 (e.g., rotation about the handle axis 1927). - The
top portion 1928 can include a cutting edge on the distal end of thetop portion 1928. The cutting edge of thetop portion 1928 can be configured to operate with the cutting portion of the base 1930 to cut medical material (e.g., bone and/or other tissue). In some embodiments, thetop portion 1928 is connected to thebase 1930 via a track-protrusion engagement. For example, thetop portion 1928 can include a protrusion configured to slidably engage with a track in thebase 1930. Engagement between the track of thebase 1930 and the protrusion of thetop portion 1928 can limit the movement of thetop portion 1928 with respect to thebase 1930 to the axial direction (e.g., parallel to the handle axis 1927). - In some embodiments, the
piston 1920 is configured to fit within theactuation chamber 1919 and/or within thedistal actuation chamber 1917. For example, thepiston 1920 can have afirst guide portion 1921 a configured to fit snugly within the actuation chamber 1919 (e.g., fit such that movement of thefirst guide portion 1921 a within the actuation chamber is substantially limited to axial movement and rotational movement about the handle axis 1927). In some embodiments, thepiston 1920 includes a second guide portion 1921 b. The second guide portion 1921 b can be configured to fit snugly within thedistal actuation chamber 1917. Axial movement of thepiston 1920 can be limited by interaction between a radially-inward projection 1913 of theproximal handle portion 1918. For example, proximal axial movement of thepiston 1920 can be limited by interaction between the second guide portion 1921 b and the radially-inward projection 1913. In some embodiments, distal axial movement of thepiston 1920 is limited by interaction between thefirst guide portion 1921 a and the radially-inward projection 1913. - The
distal handle portion 1923 can include adistal opening 1905. Thedistal opening 1905 can be sized and/or shaped to accommodate passage of thetop portion 1928 therethrough. In some embodiments, thetop portion 1928 is sized and shaped to fit snugly within thedistal opening 1905. For example, thetop portion 1928 can have a non-circular cross-section sized to substantially match a cross-section shape of thedistal opening 1905. In some embodiments, thetop portion 1928 is rotationally locked to thedistal handle portion 1923 via interaction between thedistal opening 1905 and thetop portion 1928. In some such embodiments, thegrip 1915 can be rotated relative to thetop portion 1928 and thebase 1930. In some embodiments, sensors and/or optical devices (e.g., cameras, CMOS sensors, etc.) can be attached to theproximal handle portion 1918 such that the relative alignment of the sensors and/or optical devices with respect to thehandle portion 1918 remains consistent independent of rotation of thetop portion 1928 and base 1930 with respect to thehandle portion 1918. - As illustrated in
FIG. 9C , anactuation element 1916 can be positioned within theactuation chamber 1919. In some embodiments, theactuation element 1916 is an inflatable and/or disposable bag or balloon configured to be inflated/deflated with physiological saline. In some embodiments, theactuation element 1916 is a bellows (e.g., stainless steel metal bellows such as those manufactured by BellowsTech, Inc.). Theactuation element 1916 can be configured to exert an axial force on the piston 1920 (e.g., a force upon thefirst guide portion 1921 a) to move thepiston 1920 in the distal axial direction. TheKerrison 1900 can include a biasing structure 1924 (e.g., a spring or other resilient structure) configured to bias thepiston 1920 in the proximal axial direction. For example, the biasingstructure 1924 can provide a return force to return thepiston 1920 to push thepiston 1920 in the proximal axial direction when the axial force from theactuation element 1916 is reduced and/or removed. - In some embodiments, the
Kerrison 1900 includes a return valve (not shown) configured to introduce physiological saline so as to provide compression to theactuation element 1916. The return valve may, for example, allow injection of pressurized gas into thedistal actuation chamber 1917 or in the region of theproximal actuation chamber 1919 forward thefirst guide portion 1921 a. The fluid introduced via the return valve can be used to move thepiston 1920 in the proximal direction. In some such embodiments, theKerrison 1900 does not include abiasing structure 1924. - The
actuation element 1916 can be fluidly connected to aconduit 1914 through which physiological saline can be input into and pulled out from theactuation element 1916. In some embodiments, hydraulic controls associated with theactuation element 1916 are operated via a foot pedal. Such embodiments can allow for greater dexterity for the user of theKerrison 1900 by reducing the operating variables controlled by theKerrison 1900handle portions Kerrison 1900 to operation of the foot pedal (see, e.g.,FIGS. 43E-43F ). - Additionally, with reference to
FIGS. 9D-9G , the Kerrison can have a variety of cutting head configurations. For example, with reference toFIGS. 9E-9G , in any of the embodiments disclosed herein, the cuttinghead 1728 can have a circular shaped cross-section (as inFIG. 9E ), the cuttinghead 1728 can have a C shaped cross-section (as inFIG. 9F ) or a closed D shaped cross-section (as inFIG. 9G ). Other shapes and designs are possible. - Additionally, in any of the Kerrison embodiments described herein, the fixed
cutting surface 1730 can be generally vertically oriented. As shown inFIG. 9D , the fixedcutting surface 1730 can also be angulated (for example, angled at approximately 45 degrees, or from approximately 35 degrees or less to 55 degrees or more). - In the tool embodiments disclosed herein, including without limitation the Kerrison, the cutting surface or top surface of the tool can be bayonetted. The bayonetted structure of the tool can allow the tool to be inserted into the surgical area without interfering or obscuring the views of the surgical site or overhead views of the surgical field. The bayonet style tool can be utilized for the Kerrison, forceps, scissors, or other tools described herein. The bayonet configuration can be advantageous for small surgical sites or external viewing of the surgical site. The bayonet feature reduces the area obscured by the tool within the surgical site.
- In any of the tool embodiments disclosed herein, including without limitation the Kerrison, the housing supporting or comprising the tool can be configured to have a port or lumen therein arranged to facilitate the removal of tissue and bone extracted from the surgical site. For example, the Kerrison can have a side port or opening located proximal of the cutting
head 1728, though which cut tissue can be removed (e.g., pushed through port or opening as cutter withdraws and Kerrison returns to the default position). In some embodiments, a source of suction, or a source of saline and suction, can be supplied to the port. Additionally, the removal port or lumen of the housing can also support a mechanical removal mechanism, such as but not limited to a screw type auger (which can be hydraulically actuated, via for example a gear motor, gerotor, or vane motor 1512 discussed above), to facilitate removal of bone debris and extracted tissue from the surgical site. In some embodiments, the removed tissue can be extracted to a waste reservoir supported by or tethered to the housing of the tool. In another embodiment, the movable cutting head of the Kerrison can be a generally cylindrical tube that can be actuated (in the matter described above) to slidably move against the fixedcutting surface 1730. For example, said cylindrical tube can be slidable within an outer housing of the Kerrison when a force is exerted thereon via the expansion of the second inflatable element 1716, as discussed above. - Additionally, in any of the tool embodiments disclosed herein, including without limitation the Kerrison, the housing supporting or comprising the tool can be configured to have a suction port and a source of saline so that the tool and/or the surgical site can be flushed with saline and the saline and debris can removed via the suction line simultaneously or sequentially with the flushing. In some embodiments, the saline can be provided through the conduit used to provide saline to the second inflatable element, through the same or a different lumen of such conduit.
- Additionally, the saline source or conduit and/or the suction source or conduit can be separate from the tool so that it can be independently positioned. In some embodiments, the saline source or conduit and/or the suction source or conduit can be tethered to the tool.
- Any of the hydraulic system embodiments disclosed herein can be configured to incorporate or use any suitable surgical tools, including without limitation scissors, micro-scissors, forceps, micro-forceps, bipolar forceps, clip appliers including aneurysm clip appliers, rongeur, and, as described, Kerrison tools.
- Another tool is a drill which can be driven by a hydraulic turbine. The tool can be driven by a hydraulic turbine. In some embodiments, as illustrated in
FIGS. 10A and 10B , ahydraulic turbine 2070 includes aturbine housing 2071. In some cases, at least a portion of anozzle frame 2072 is housed within theturbine housing 2071. In some embodiments, stator vanes can be used in conjunction with and/or in place of thenozzle frame 2072. Thenozzle frame 2072 can include one ormore turbine nozzles 2073. In some embodiments, theturbine nozzles 2073 are positioned in a circumferential array, as illustrated inFIG. 10A . Each of theturbine nozzles 2073 can have anozzle inlet 2074 and anozzle outlet 2075. In some embodiments, thenozzles 2073 have substantially constant cross-sectional areas fromnozzle inlet 2074 to nozzle outlet 2075 (e.g., drill hole-type nozzles). For example, circular nozzles can be used. - The relative areas of the
nozzle inlet 2074 and thenozzle outlet 2075 can vary. For example, thenozzle outlet 2075 can have an area that is greater than or equal to approximately 125% of the area of thenozzle inlet 2074 and/or less than or equal to about 600% of the area of thenozzle inlet 2074. In some embodiments, the area of thenozzle outlet 2075 is approximately 300% of the area of thenozzle inlet 2074. - As illustrated in
FIG. 10B , the profile of thenozzle 2073 can widen between thenozzle inlet 2074 and thenozzle outlet 2075. The rate at which theturbine nozzle 2073 widens between thenozzle inlet 2074 and thenozzle outlet 2075 can vary. For example, thenozzle 2073 can flare out in the direction of thenozzle outlet 2075. In some embodiments, the profile of thenozzle 2073 narrows between thenozzle inlet 2074 and thenozzle outlet 2075. In some embodiments, thenozzles 2073 have substantially constant cross-sectional areas fromnozzle inlet 2074 to nozzle outlet 2075 (e.g., drill hole-type nozzles). In some embodiments, thenozzle inlet 2074 can be tapered or flared in such that an opening into thenozzle inlets 2074 is wider or larger than a midsection of thenozzles 2073. - In some embodiments, physiological saline is directed through the
nozzle frame 2072 toward animpeller 2076. Theimpeller 2076 can include a plurality ofimpeller blades 2077 around the outer periphery of the hub of theimpeller 2076. Theimpeller blades 2077 can rotate within ablade cavity 2077 a. (SeeFIG. 10C .) Theimpeller 2076 can be integral with or otherwise rotationally coupled with anoutput shaft 2079 for driving the tool 2082, which can be a drill or other rotational tool. The outer diameter of the hub of theimpeller 2076 can be smaller than the outside diameter of the array ofhydraulic nozzles 2073. For example, the outer diameter of the hub of theimpeller 2076 can be greater than or equal to approximately 15% of the outer diameter of thehydraulic nozzles 2073 and/or less than or equal to approximately 75% of the outer diameter of thehydraulic nozzles 2073. In some cases, the outer diameter of theimpeller 2076 can be greater than or equal to 0.5 inches and/or less than or equal to approximately 1.5 inches. Many variations sizes and relative sizes of the components of thehydraulic turbine 2070 and its subcomponents are possible. - In some cases, the
impeller blades 2077 are oriented at an angle offset from the central axis of theimpeller 2077. Thehydraulic nozzles 2073 can be configured to turn the flow of physiological saline from an axial direction A tonozzle direction 2078 as the flow is passed through thenozzle frame 2072 toward theimpeller 2076. Thenozzle direction 2078 can be selected to be at an angle θT offset from axial A such that thenozzle direction 2078 is substantially perpendicular to the faces of theimpeller blades 2077. The closer nozzle outlets are to the plane of theimpeller blades 2077 and the more radially-directed the flow from the nozzles, the more torque can be imparted upon theimpeller blades 2077. For example, the nozzle outlets can be positioned close to theimpeller blades 2077 in the axial direction and can direct physiological saline at a highly-radial angle towardimpeller blades 2077 whose surfaces are close to parallel to the rotation of axis of theimpeller 2076. - In some cases, utilizing a plurality of circumferentially-distributed
turbine nozzles 2073 to drive a plurality ofimpeller blades 2077 can increase the torque output ofimpeller 2076 as compared to a configuration wherein only oneturbine nozzle 2073 is utilized. In some such configurations, the outer diameters of thenozzle frame 2072 andimpeller 2076 can smaller than a single-nozzle configuration of equal output torque. - In some embodiments, the
hydraulic turbine 2070 can be configured to operate at rotational speeds of 40,000 rpm to 60,000 rpm, though higher and lower rpm values may be possible. In some embodiments, the hydraulic turbine is configured to operate at rotational speeds of 100,000 rpm. Thehydraulic turbine 2070 can be configured to operate at operating pressures between 70 psi and 190 psi, though greater and lesser operating pressures are possible. In some embodiments, the operating pressure of thehydraulic turbine 2070 is designed to be approximately 120 psi. - As illustrated in
FIG. 11 , animpeller 2076′ can be designed to have bucket-shapedimpeller blades 2076′. The bucket-shapedimpeller blades 2077′ can be oriented at an angle of approximately 45° from the axial direction A. Many variations of theimpeller blade 2077′ angles are possible. Additionally, many different shapes ofblades 2077 are possible, such as Pelton or Turgo shaped blades. - As illustrated in
FIG. 10C , thehydraulic turbine 2070 can be designed to collect the physiological saline that has already impacted theimpeller blades impeller blades 2077 after impact with theimpeller blades 2077. One ormore vacuum ports 2093 can be positioned on or in theturbine housing 2071 to extract the fluid F1 that is reflected off of theimpeller blades 2077 and redirect the fluid F1 into abypass channel 2095. In some embodiments, the vacuum source can be an external pump (e.g., a peristaltic pump) or the vacuum can be the result of a Venturi effect created by the diversion of fluid. For example, in some embodiments, the vacuum source can be provided by diverted, high velocity fluid F2 directed to bypass theimpeller 2076. In some embodiments, one ormore ports 2093 in the hydraulic turbine housing 2071 (e.g., on the side of the housing closer to theimpeller 2076 than to the nozzle frame 2072) can create fluid communication between the reflected fluid F1 in the blade cavity 2077A and the diverted high velocity fluid F2 in thebypass channel 2095. The pressure differential between the two fluid bodies (e.g., lower pressure in fluid F2 and higher pressure in fluid F1) will pull the reflected fluid F1 out of thehousing 2071 and into the divertedfluid path 2095. Removal of the reflected fluid from thehousing 2071 can increase the performance of theturbine 2070 by reducing the viscous drag on the impeller from undiverted fluid F1. For example, the viscous frictional losses that would be otherwise incurred from interaction between the reflected fluid F1 and theimpeller 2076 and/oroutput shaft 2079 can be reduced. The diverted high velocity fluid F2 and scavenged reflected fluid F1 can be diverted back to the cassette 2020 for re-pressurization. In some embodiments, scavenging reflected fluid F1 and diverting it back to the cassette 2020 can reduce the amount of physiological saline required to operate the tools and/or other components of the system. In some embodiments, thehousing 2071 can include one or more ports open to ambient. Such ports can be configured to receive pressurized air or other pneumatic gas. In some embodiments, theturbine 2070 is configured to operate as a dual hydro/pneumatic turbine configured to operate via hydraulic power and pneumatic power or a continual variance of hydraulic and pneumatic power. A controller or switch(s) can be used to vary the amount of hydraulic fluid or pneumatic air or gas are applied to the turbine. In some embodiments, the controller or switch(es) allow the user to increase pneumatic gas or air and decrease hydraulic or vice versa. The pneumatic gas or air and hydraulic fluid can be provided by output ports on the display console. Likewise, the controller and/or switch(es) may be on the controller or remotely located. - In some embodiments, multiple impellers 2076 (e.g., multiple turbine wheels) can be utilized in the
same turbine housing 2071. In some such embodiments, the overall diameter of theturbine 2070 and/or some of its components can be reduced relative to a single-impeller turbine 2070 without sacrificing output torque. - Some instruments such as surgical tools use torque or mechanical force to translate manual input into tool actuation. For example, a Kerrison for bone removal generally includes a handle mechanically coupled to a head including a stationary portion and a movable portion. When a user squeezes the handle, the movable portion moves closer to the stationary portion in a cutting manner (e.g., in a shearing manner), for example to remove bone by trapping the removed bone between the stationary portion and the movable portion (e.g., within a channel between the stationary portion and the movable portion). Other examples of tools include an aneurysm clipper, a rongeur, forceps, scissors, and the like, although many other hand-operated tools are known to those skilled in the art. Referring again to the Kerrison, the pace and force of the squeezing translates to the pace and force of the cutting, and this phenomenon is also applicable to other hand-operated tools. This translation can be disadvantageous, for example varying based on each user, being too slow or too fast or having variable speed, lacking force or imparting too much force or having variable force, etc. Additionally, periodic use of such manually operated tools (e.g., during a lengthy operation or procedure) can lead to hand fatigue of the surgeon or user. Manual actuation leads to inadvertent movement of the tool tip.
- The hydraulic system may also be used for other purpose such as cleaning optics and/or cooling light emitters for illuminating a surgical site.
- In some embodiments, a fluid reservoir can be fluidly connected to one or more fluid outlets (e.g., nozzles) configured to wash optical components (e.g., cameras, LEDs, and/or other components disposed in the surgical site that can be dirtied by blood, bodily fluids, or debris). The fluid reservoir can be fluidly connected to the fluid outlets via a hydraulic manifold in console. In some embodiments, one or more valves (e.g., proportional, elastomeric, and/or on/off valves) can be positioned in the fluid path between the fluid reservoir and the fluid outlets.
- For example, a pulsing valve (e.g., a pop off valve) can be positioned in a fluid path between the fluid outlets and the fluid reservoir. In some embodiments, the pulsing valve is disposable. The pulsing valve is configured to open when a pressure threshold is reached. In various embodiments, the valve closes once the pressure returns to below the threshold. In some embodiments, the operation of the pulsing valve can produce a substantially square wave fluid pulse. The pulsing valve can be used to provide short duration liquid pulses to wash optics such as the camera optics. One benefit of such a pulse is the reduction of image distortion that would result in interruption of usable video stream provided to the surgeon. Such degradation of the video can be caused by flowing liquid across the camera for a noticeable period of time during which the image is distorted. In various embodiments, the pulsing or pop off valve can be located so as to wash all the cameras at the same time. The pulsing valve, for example, can be located upstream to where the line splits into different fluid outlets to clean different cameras.
- To activate the pulsing valve, the pressure may be increased beyond the threshold for opening the pulsing valve. The pulsing valve may, for example, be connected to a high pressure source of fluid via a valve. The valve can be opened sufficiently to provide increased pressure beyond the threshold value resulting in a pulse of liquid from the pulsing valve. In certain embodiments the liquid pulses are produced periodically. For example, a processor may cause the valve to be opened periodically based on a schedule programmed into the processor or selected by the user via the processor. In some embodiments, liquid pulses are produced when blood or other obstruction is detected. The intensity level of the camera can be monitored to determine when visibility is compromised. In various cases, the color of the light reaching the camera can be analyzed to determine, for example, that blood is obstructing or impairing vision of the cameras and to thereby trigger pulse washing. The processor could be utilized to analyze the image signal and determine whether pulse washing is to be initiated. In some embodiments, attenuation of the red wavelength in comparison to other wavelengths such as green may indicate that blood is on the camera and reducing the amount of light entering the camera.
- A three-way valve can also be employed. The three-way valve can operate to permit fluid from the fluid reservoir or gas such as pressurized gas from a pump to access the fluid outlets via the pulsing valve. The three-way valve can be configured to selectively shut off supply of fluid from the fluid reservoir and provide instead gas (e.g., pressurized gas from a pump). In some embodiments, shut off of fluid from the fluid reservoir to the fluid outlets can reduce the likelihood of “dribbling” or other inadvertent leakage of liquid from the fluid outlets onto the optical components. The pressurized air stream used to dry the camera optics can carry away any residual liquid that would otherwise dribble onto the camera at a later time. Depending on the design, the three-way valve can be positioned upstream or downstream of the pulsing valve. In some embodiments, positioning the three-way valve downstream of the pop off valve may further reduce dribbling.
- In some embodiments, gas can be directed to the fluid outlets. For example, the pneumatic assembly can be configured to direct pressurized pneumatic gas (e.g., air) to the fluid outlets. The pneumatic gas can be supplied by a pump or other source of pressurized pneumatic gas. For example, an air pump can be positioned within the hydraulic manifold in the console or elsewhere in the hydraulic pressure circuit therein. In some embodiments, a pulsing valve is configured to open when a pressure threshold in the pneumatic gas is reached. The pulsing valve can produce a substantially square pneumatic gas wave. In some embodiments, the pressurized air output by the fluid outlets creates a squeegeeing effect wherein the pneumatic gas effectively squeegees the optical components to dry them.
- In some embodiments, a console can include a medical suction system. As illustrated in
FIG. 12 , for example, amedical suction system 12000 can include asuction cassette assembly 12020. In some embodiments, thesuction cassette assembly 12020 and/or components thereof are disposable. Thesuction cassette assembly 12020 can include a plurality ofports 12022. Theports 12022 can be configured to facilitate fluid communication between fluid lines external to thesuction cassette assembly 12020 and fluid lines internal to thesuction cassette assembly 12020. - In some embodiments, the
medical suction system 12000 includes afirst suction line 12080 a. Themedical suction system 12000 can, in some embodiments, include asecond suction line 12080 b. Thesuction cassette assembly 12020 can be configured to utilize the first andsecond suction lines - As illustrated, the
medical suction system 12000 can include avacuum source 12040. In some embodiments, thevacuum source 12040 is a hospital vacuum source. In some embodiments, thevacuum source 12040 is a pump. Many variations are possible. In some embodiments, thevacuum source 12040 is fluidly connected to thesuction cassette assembly 12020 via a first vacuum line 12044 a. In some embodiments, asecond vacuum line 12044 b connects thevacuum source 12040 to thesuction cassette 12020. Themedical suction system 12000 can be configured to utilize the first andsecond vacuum lines 12044 a, 12044 b simultaneously and/or in isolation. - In some embodiments, the
medical suction system 12000 includes astorage tank 12060. Thestorage tank 12060 can be configured to store blood and/or other tissue/fluids. In some embodiments, thestorage tank 12060 is fluidly connected to a waste line (not shown) or other disposal line. Thestorage tank 12060 can be connected to thesuction cassette assembly 12020 via a first storage line (e.g.,storage inlet line 12062 a). In some embodiments, thestorage tank 12060 is connected to thesuction cassette assembly 12020 via a second storage line (e.g., storage outlet line 12062 b). - The
suction cassette assembly 12020 can include anintermediate tank 12024. Theintermediate tank 12024 can be housed at least partially within thesuction cassette assembly 12020. In some embodiments, theintermediate storage tank 12024 is fluidly connected to thesecond suction line 12080 b. Theintermediate storage tank 12024 can be configured to store medical and/or bodily fluids/tissues (e.g., blood, saline, bone matter). - In some embodiments, the
intermediate storage tank 12024 is fluidly connected to thestorage tank 12060. In some embodiments, a pump 12026 (e.g., a peristaltic pump or other fluid pump) can be positioned on the fluid line between theintermediate storage tank 12024 and thestorage tank 12060. Thepump 12026 can be configured to pull material from theintermediate storage tank 12024 into thestorage tank 12060. In some embodiments, thepump 12026 is configured to reduce the likelihood of fluid/bodily material transfer from thestorage tank 12060 to theintermediate storage tank 12024. Thepump 12026 can be configured to permit large portions of tissue (e.g., bone portions, muscle portions, and/or other tissue) to travel from theintermediate storage tank 12024 to thestorage tank 12060. In some embodiments, thepump 12026 is positioned at least partially within thesuction cassette assembly 12020. - The
medical suction system 12000 can include one ormore filters 12022. In some embodiments, thefilters filters 12022 can be positioned within thesuction cassette assembly 12020. In some embodiments, afilter 12022 is positioned in the fluid line between thestorage tank 12060 and thevacuum source 12040. Such afilter 12022 could be configured to reduce the likelihood that liquid and/or pathogens could pass from thestorage tank 12060 to thevacuum source 12040. In some embodiments afilter 12022 can be positioned in the fluid line between theintermediate storage tank 12024 and thevacuum source 12040. Such afilter 12022 could be configured to reduce the likelihood that liquid and/or pathogens could pass from theintermediate storage tank 12024 to thevacuum source 12040. - In some embodiments, one or more valves are positioned on the
vacuum lines 12044 a, 12044 b. For example, a first vacuum valve 12042 a can be positioned on the first vacuum line 12044 a. The first vacuum valve 12042 a can be configured to selectively occlude the first vacuum line 12044 a. Afilter 12027 a can be positioned in the first vacuum line 12044 a. For example, thefilter 12027 a can be positioned at least partially within thesuction cassette assembly 12020, as illustrated inFIG. 12 . In some embodiments, thefilter 12027 a is an antimicrobial and/or hydrophobic filter. Thefilter 12027 a can be configured to reduce the likelihood that blood or other material from thestorage tank 12060 will pass into the first vacuum valve 12042 a and/or into thevacuum source 12040. - A
second vacuum valve 12042 b can be positioned on thesecond vacuum line 12044 b. In some embodiments, thesecond vacuum valve 12042 b is configured to selectively occlude thesecond vacuum line 12044 b. Afilter 12027 b can be positioned in thesecond vacuum line 12044 b. For example, thefilter 12027 b can be positioned at least partially within thesuction cassette assembly 12020. In some embodiments, thefilter 12027 b is an antimicrobial and/or hydrophobic filter. Thefilter 12027 a can be configured to reduce the likelihood that blood or other materials from theintermediate storage tank 12024 will pass into thesecond vacuum valve 12042 b and/or into thevacuum source 12040. In some embodiments, theintermediate storage tank 12024 includes a baffle (not shown) or other structure to reduce the likelihood of material ingress from theintermediate storage tank 12024 to thefilter 12027 b and/or to thesecond vacuum line 12044 b. For example, the baffle help to block fluid from splashing directly from thesecond suction line 12080 b to thesecond vacuum line 12044 b. - In some embodiments, the
medical suction system 12000 includes a third vacuum valve 12042 c. The third vacuum valve 12042 c can be positioned on thesecond vacuum line 12044 b. In some embodiments, the third vacuum valve 12042 c is fluidly connected to thesecond vacuum line 12044 b between theintermediate storage tank 12024 and thesecond vacuum valve 12042 b. The third vacuum valve 12042 c can be used to moderate the pressure P2 within theintermediate storage tank 12024. For example, the third vacuum valve 12042 c can be used to maintain the pressure P2 within theintermediate storage tank 12024 within a predetermined range (e.g., 0-550 mm Hg, 200-800 mm Hg, etc.). In some embodiments, one or morepneumatic indicators 12051 can be positioned on thevacuum lines 12044 a, 12044 b. Theindicators 12051 can be configured to provide feedback on pneumatic parameters (e.g., pressure). - In some embodiments, the
vacuum source 12040 is configured to decrease the pressure P1 within thestorage tank 12060. For example, the first vacuum valve 12042 a can be at least partially opened to allow for fluid communication between thevacuum source 12040 and thestorage tank 12060. In some embodiments, thevacuum source 12040 is configured to maintain the pressure P1 within thestorage tank 12060 below ambient pressure Pa. In some embodiments, thevacuum source 12040 maintains the pressure P1 within thestorage tank 12060 at or near 600 mm Hg. - The
medical suction system 12000 is configured to operate with a low flow suction input and/or with a high flow suction input. For example, thefirst suction line 12080 a can be configured to operate as a high flow suction line. In some embodiments, thefirst suction line 12080 a is used to produce high flow at a sight of interest to suction, for example, heavy bleeding. In some embodiments, thesecond suction line 12080 b is configured to operate as a low flow suction line. For example, thesecond suction line 12080 b can be used to identify and coagulate low flow bleeding on the surface of the brain without damaging the brain. - In some embodiments,
valves suction lines valves first suction line 12080 a and thestorage tank 12060 and to open and/or close fluid communication between the second suction line 12008 b and theintermediate storage tank 12024, respectively. -
FIG. 13 illustrates apneumatic drive system 12500. The pneumatic drive assembly can include a pneumatic pressure source 12540 (e.g., a hospital compressed gas system). In some embodiments, thepneumatic pressure source 12540 is fluidly connected to one or morepneumatic actuators pneumatic pressure source 12540 and the one or morepneumatic actuators - In some embodiments, the
pneumatic actuators 12562 are configured to operate the valves of a hydraulic pressure circuit 3200(and/or the valves of any of the embodiments of the hydraulic pressure circuits disclosed herein). In some embodiments, theactuator 12552 is configured to operate a cassette lifter . Thepneumatic actuators 12554 can be configured to operate as tube ejectors for peristaltic pumps used, for example, in the hydraulic pressure circuits disclosed herein. - As illustrated in
FIG. 13 , thepneumatic drive system 12500 can include asafety valve 12542 and/or a pressure regulator 12544 (e.g., a 75 psi pressure regulator) positioned on the fluid line between thepneumatic pressure source 12540 and theactuators pneumatic indicators 12551 can be positioned on the fluid lines of thepneumatic drive system 12500. In some embodiments, one ormore restrictions 12557 can be applied to the fluid lines between thevalves 12564 and theactuators -
FIGS. 14A-19B illustrate embodiments of anapparatus 10100 that can be configured to allow a user to control the movement of one ormore components 18. With reference toFIG. 14A-15 , atranslation system 10200 can have an upper connectingmember 10210, a lower connectingmember 10220, and aguide assembly 10230 located therebetween. The upper connectingmember 10210 and the lower connectingmember 10220 can be attached to theguide assembly 10230. Theguide assembly 10230 can be designed to allow the lower connectingmember 10220 to translate with respect to the upper connectingmember 10210. The lower connectingmember 10220 can be attached to controlmembers component arm 10120. - As illustrated in
FIG. 14A , theguide assembly 10230 can include multiple guides in the form of tracks, rails, or similar structures. In the illustrated embodiment, the guides come in pairs. This can advantageously increase the stability of thetranslation system 10200. In other embodiments, the guides can be single members or multiple (e.g, greater than two) members. In some embodiments, theguide assembly 10230 can include anupper guide 10235, an x-axisintermediate guide 10240, and a y-axisintermediate guide 10245. Additionally, in some embodiments, theguide assembly 10230 can include a lower guide (not shown). The x-axisintermediate guide 10240 is oriented along the x-axis thereby allowing translation along the x-axis and the y-axisintermediate guide 10245 is oriented along the y-axis thereby allowing translation along the y-axis. Theupper guide 10235 can be directly attached to the upper connectingmember 10210, such as a bottom surface, and oriented along the x-axis. In some embodiments, the lower guide can be directly attached to the lower connectingmember 10220, such as on a top surface, and oriented along the y-axis. The illustrated configuration can be used to allow thetranslation system 10200 to translate along the x-y plane. As should be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art, theguide assembly 10230 can include additional guides along other axes or curvilinear guides. Furthermore, in some embodiments, multiple intermediate guides along the same axis can be used to advantageously increase the range of motion along that axis (e.g., via telescoping) without increasing the length of the guides along that axis. This can be especially beneficial in instances where a compact form factor is desired. - The
guide assembly 10230 can includemultiple guide connectors guide assembly 10230 together. In the illustrated embodiment, the guide connectors come in pairs although in other embodiments, single guide connectors or multiple (e.g., greater than two) guide connectors can be used. These guideconnectors connectors guide assembly 10230 can be translated relative to the upper connectingmember 10210 via sliding across both theupper guide 10235 and the x-axisintermediate guide 10240. The lower connectingmember 10220 can thus translate relative to upper connectingmember 10210 along the x-axis. The lower connectingmember 10220 can be translated relative to theguide assembly 10230 by sliding across the y-axisintermediate guide 10245. - With continued reference to
FIGS. 14A , as illustrated in the embodiment contained therein, the upper connectingmember 10210 can be larger than the lower connectingmember 10220. The range of translation along the x-axis can be greater than the range of translation along the y-axis. In the illustrated embodiment, the range of translation along the x-axis is approximately ±175 mm and the range of translation along the y-axis is approximately ±87.5 mm. Additionally, in some embodiments, the lower connectingmember 10220 does not extend beyond the upper connectingmember 10210 along the y-axis. In other embodiments, the lower connectingmember 10220 can extend beyond the upper connectingmember 10210 along the y-axis if desired for an extended range of motion. - The
lower connection member 10220 can be translated relative to theupper connection member 10210 by translating thecontrol members joints translation system 10200 can move one control member such ascontrol members lower connection member 10220 and ultimately thecomponent 18 which can be attached thereto. Because movement of thecomponent 18 is linked directly to the user's physical movement of thecontrol member joints control members lower connection member 10220. As such, a user can control translation using any control member attached to thelower connection member 10220. - In some embodiments, the guide connectors 10550, 10555 can be designed to have a threshold friction such that the
lower connection member 10220 can only translate upon a threshold force being applied to thelower connection member 10220. Requiring a threshold force to be applied prior to movement can reduce the likelihood of unintentional movement of thetranslation system 10200 is reduced. In some embodiments, alternative control mechanisms can be used in conjunction with, or in lieu of, thecontrol members - With reference to
FIGS. 14A-B and 16A-D, as shown in the illustrated embodiment, theapparatus 10100 includes a pitch-yaw adjustment system 10300. The pitch-yaw adjustment system 10300 can includemember 10310 which can connect two ormore control members member 10310 can be connected to the two ormore control members component arm 10120 viajoints - The
member 10310 can be configured to link the motion ofmultiple control members component arm 10120. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, when adjusting the yaw of onecontrol member 10110, the yaw of theother control member 10115 andcomponent arm 10120 correspondingly adjusts via mechanical movement. In much the same way, in the illustrated embodiment, when adjusting the pitch of onecontrol member 10110, the pitch of theother control member 10115 andcomponent arm 10120 also correspondingly adjusts. This provides the advantage of allowing a user of the pitch-yaw adjustment system 10300 to adjust pitch or yaw of thecomponent arm 10120, and ultimately thecomponent 18, using only one of potentially multiple control members such ascontrol members control member control member 10110. If a second medical professional or assistant needs to make an adjustment, the second medical professional or assistant may use theother control member 10115 if more readily accessible. - In some embodiments, the
member 10310 can be attached to thecontrol members component arm 10120 such that adjustment of yaw and/or pitch of thecontrol members component arm 10120. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 16A , the distance between thejoints first control member 10110 and the distance between thejoints second control member 10115 is greater than the distance between thejoints component arm 10120. This can result in greater than a one-to-one adjustment in the yaw of thecomponent arm 10120. Themember 10310 shown inFIGS. 16B and 16C can result in a one-to-one and less than one-to-one adjustment in the yaw of thecomponent arm 10120 respectively. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 16C , the distance between thejoints first control member 10110 and the distance between thejoints second control member 10115 is less than the distance between thejoints component arm 10120. In some embodiments, the pitch-yaw adjustment system 10300 can be adjustable such that the user may choose whether to use a one-to-one adjustment ratio, greater than a one-to-one ratio, or less than a one-to-one ratio. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 16D , themember 10310 can include aplate 10306 having aslot 10307 in which thejoint 10122 of thecomponent arm 10120 can be adjusted vertically to adjust the joint connection points thereby adjusting the ratio. Other types of adjustment mechanisms can be used such as multiple apertures vertically arranged as well as other mechanisms known in the art. - In some embodiments, a
link member 10305 can also be used. Thelink member 10305 can be designed to attach to thecontrol members link member 10305 can be connected to controlmembers link member 10305 can be attached to controlmember 10110 at joint 10113 and attached to controlmember 10115 atjoint 10118. In some embodiments, the joint can have a single degree of rotational freedom such as a pin-and-aperture design. By limiting the degrees of freedom, thecontrol members link member 10305 can be used in lieu ofmember 10310. - In some embodiments, such as that illustrated in
FIG. 15 , transmittingdrive members FIG. 19A ) can be arranged as shown inFIGS. 16A-16D to link thecontrol member component arm 10120 and vary the adjustment ratio. Additionally, in some embodiments, other means of adjusting the pitch and/or yaw may be included. - With reference to
FIG. 15 , an embodiment of theapparatus 10100 is shown which includes atranslation control system 10200, pitch/yaw adjustment system 10300, and a z-distance adjustment system 10400. This embodiment shares some general characteristics with the embodiment ofFIG. 14A-B with modifications made to accommodate the z-distance adjustment system 10400. For example, joints 10112, 10117, and 10122 can be capstans which allow these joints to be operably coupled to the z-distance adjustment system 10400. In some embodiments, the z-distance adjustment system 10400 can include adrive assembly 10401. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 15 and 19A -B, thedrive assembly 10401 can include multiple transmittingdrive members control members apertures joints drive member 10415 attached to thecomponent arm 10120 inaperture 10416 viajoint 10122, and transmission member, such ascable 10420, designed to transmit torque from the transmittingdrive members drive members 10415. Thecable 10420 can be tensioned on receivingdrive member 10415 usingcable tensioners drive members apertures support member 10310. Thecable tensioners apertures member 10310 respectively. In some embodiments, such as shown inFIG. 19B , a toothed belt can be used with corresponding gears. Additionally, in some embodiments, such as illustrated inFIG. 19B , twotransmissions members - As shown in
FIGS. 17 and 18 , in one embodiment, thecomponent arm 10120 can comprise a four-bar linkage assembly for adjusting the z-distance. In this embodiment, thecomponent arm 10120 can include ashaft 10450 attached to the joint 10121 and asleeve 10455 over theshaft 10450 which is rotatable around the longitudinal axis of theshaft 10450. Thesleeve 10455 can include a torque receiving joint 10460, such as the illustrated capstan, at one end which can be received within aperture 10416 (seeFIG. 19A-B ) of the receivingdrive member 10415, such as the illustrated keyed aperture, to receive a torque to rotate thesleeve 10455. Thesleeve 10455 can include a firstrotation redirecting member 10465, such as the illustrated bevel gear, at a second end which can interact with a secondrotation redirecting member 10466, such as the illustrated corresponding bevel gear, on an end of a drivenlink 10470 of the four-bar linkage assembly. As such, rotation of thesleeve 10455 can result in rotation of the drivenlink 10470 around a different axis. Rotation of the drivenlink 10470 can result in vertical movement of the arm. - In some embodiments, the four-bar linkage assembly may include, in addition to a driven
link 10470, ashaft link 10471 which can be rigidly attached to theshaft 10450, afree link 10472, and ahinge unit 10475. In some embodiments, a second four-bar linkage assembly can be included with a secondfree link 10480 and thirdfree link 10481, ahinge unit 10475 attached to the first four-bar linkage assembly, and asecond hinge unit 10485 for attaching thecomponent 18 to thecomponent arm 10120. In such embodiments, mechanisms may be added between the first four-bar linkage assembly and the second four-bar linkage assembly such that the second four-bar linkage assembly will correspondingly rotate when the drivenlink 10470 is rotated. For example, the firstfree link 10472 and the secondfree link 10480 can be rotatably connected via gearing. The gearing can be chosen such that there is a one-to-one rotational transfer between the firstfree link 10472 and the secondfree link 10480. In other embodiments, the gearing can be chosen such that there is greater than a one-to-one rotational transfer or lesser than a one-to-one rotational transfer. As should be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, the lengths of the links and the ratio of the gearing can be chosen such that the z-distance adjustment system 10400 can adjust the z-distance, that is, adjust the position of thecomponent 18 in a direction generally parallel to the z-axis, without causing any or at least a small amount of translation of the component in either the x-axis or y-axis. - The four-bar
linkage component arm 10120 provides the advantage of reducing the form factor when the z-distance is greater. Due to the compact form factor of the four-barlinkage component arm 10120, thecomponent 18 can be placed closer to the lower connectingmember 10220. - In other embodiments, the
component arm 10500 can include a screw-drive assembly for adjusting the z-distance. In this embodiment, thecomponent arm 10500 can include twostruts members component arm 10500 rigidly attached to afirst end 10515 andsecond end 10520, ascrew member 10525 rigidly attached to thefirst end 10515, thesecond end 10520 and thecomponent 18, and a threaded torque receiving joint 10530, such as the illustrated capstan, at one end which can be received within aperture 10416 (seeFIG. 19A-B ) of the receivingdrive member 10415, such as the illustrated keyed aperture, to receive a torque to rotate the torque receiving joint 10530 (in some embodiments, torque receiving joint 10530 can also be the joint 10122 such as shown inFIG. 15 ). In some embodiments, the torque receiving joint 10530 can be supported by the receivingdrive member 10415. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the twostrut members screw member 10525 may freely translate through the joint 10501. In this embodiment, because torque receiving joint 10530 is threaded andscrew member 10525 is rotationally fixed along the z-axis due to joint 10501 having only two degrees of rotational freedom, rotation of the torque receiving joint 10530 can result in translation of thecomponent 18 in a direction along the length of screw member 10525 (e.g., the z-axis) via thescrew member 10525. As should be appreciated by one of skill in the art, the pitch of the threaded torque receiving joint 10530 and thescrew member 10525 can be chosen to determine the amount of translation per revolution of the joint 10530. Increasing the pitch can result in greater z-distance adjustment per revolution whereas decreased pitch can result in lesser z-distance adjustment per revolution. - The z-
distance adjustment system 10400 can be operated by using thecontrol members control member 10110 can be rotatably coupled to transmittingdrive member 10405 viaaperture 10406, such as the illustrated keyed aperture, andcontrol member 10115 can be rotatably coupled to transmittingdrive member 10410 viaaperture 10411. In some embodiments, the rotatable coupling can be achieved through use of a capstan, such as 10112 and 10117 ofFIG. 15 , which can be similar to the torque receiving joint 10460, 10530 of thecomponent arm FIGS. 17 and 18 . As such, rotation of either control member around the z-axis results in rotation of the respective transmitting member. In some embodiments, since the transmittingdrive members drive member 10415 can be physically coupled viatransmission members 10420 such as a cable, toothed belt or similar apparatus, rotation of one control member can result in rotation of any other attached control member and component arm. As such, this provides the advantage of allowing the z-distance adjustment system 10400 to be operated using only a single control member. - As should be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art, the radius of the transmitting
drive members drive member 10415 can be chosen to modify the speed of the z-distance adjustment. For example, in some embodiments, the transmittingdrive members drive member 10415 such that, for a single revolution of acontrol member drive member 10415 rotates more than one revolution. - Various embodiments may comprise a retractor, use a retractor, or are configured to be used with a retractor and not an endoscope, laparoscope, or arthroscope. Similarly, many embodiments comprise retractors or use retractors or are configured to be used with retractors wherein cameras are disposed on the retractors, not endoscope, laparoscope, or arthroscope.
- In various embodiments the retractor fits in an opening in a manner to provide ample room for the surgeon to operate but does not provide a gas seal for pumping up a cavity as may a laparoscope. Similarly, in many embodiments the retractor does not maintain alignment of the layers of tissue that are cut through to form the incision.
- In various embodiments, the retractor is not employed as a fulcrum for surgical tools.
- In various embodiments the camera(s) can be positioned on top of the retractor near and above the body surface or on the retractor at a depth within the surgical site (e.g., at the far distal end of the retractor into the deepest portion of the surgical site, or elsewhere on the retractor such as more proximal).
- Many embodiments are employed for spine surgery, neurosurgery, head and/or neck surgery, and ear nose and throat surgery and many embodiments involve the cutting and extraction of bone, for example, through the pathway provided by the retractor.
- Various embodiments, however, may be used with devices other than retractors.
- Many other embodiments are possible, including numerous combinations of the above recited features.
- The embodiments described herein can differ from those specifically shown. For example, various elements of the different embodiments may be combined and/or rearranged. Components can be added, removed and/or rearranged. A wide variety of variations are possible.
- Unless otherwise indicated, the functions described herein may be performed by software (e.g., including modules) including executable code and instructions running on one or more systems including one or more computers. The software may be stored in computer readable media (e.g., some or all of the following: optical media (e.g., CD-ROM, DVD, Blu-ray, etc.), magnetic media (e.g., fixed or removable magnetic media), semiconductor memory (e.g., RAM, ROM, Flash memory, EPROM, etc.), and/or other types of computer readable media.
- The one or more computers can include one or more central processing units (CPUs) that execute program code and process data, non-transitory, tangible memory, including. for example, one or more of volatile memory, such as random access memory (RAM) for temporarily storing data and data structures during program execution, non-volatile memory, such as a hard disc drive, optical drive, or FLASH drive, for storing programs and data, including databases, a wired and/or wireless network interface for accessing an intranet and/or Internet, and/or other interfaces.
- In addition, the computers can include a display for displaying user interfaces, data, and the like, and one or more user input devices, such as a keyboard, mouse, pointing device, touch screen, microphone and/or the like, used to navigate, provide commands, enter information, provide search queries, and/or the like. The systems described herein can also be implemented using general-purpose computers, special purpose computers, terminals, state machines, and/or hardwired electronic circuits.
- Various embodiments provide for communications between one or more systems and one or more users. These user communications may be provided to a user terminal (e.g., an interactive television, a phone, a laptop/desktop computer, a device providing Internet access, or other networked device). For example, communications may be provided via Webpages, downloaded documents, email, SMS (short messaging service) message, MMS (multimedia messaging service) message, terminal vibrations, other forms of electronic communication, text-to-speech message, or otherwise.
- Various modifications to the implementations described in this disclosure may be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and the generic principles defined herein may be applied to other implementations without departing from the spirit or scope of this disclosure. Thus, the claims are not intended to be limited to the implementations shown herein, but are to be accorded the widest scope consistent with this disclosure, the principles and the novel features disclosed herein.
- Certain features that are described in this specification in the context of separate embodiments also can be implemented in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features that are described in the context of a single embodiment also can be implemented in multiple embodiments separately or in any suitable subcombination. Moreover, although features may be described above as acting in certain combinations and even initially claimed as such, one or more features from a claimed combination can in some cases be excised from the combination, and the claimed combination may be directed to a subcombination or variation of a subcombination.
- Similarly, while operations may be described as occurring in a particular order, this should not be understood as requiring that such operations be performed in the particular order described or in sequential order, or that all described operations be performed, to achieve desirable results. Further, other operations that are not disclosed can be incorporated in the processes that are described herein. For example, one or more additional operations can be performed before, after, simultaneously, or between any of the disclosed operations. In certain circumstances, multitasking and parallel processing may be advantageous. Moreover, the separation of various system components in the embodiments described above should not be understood as requiring such separation in all embodiments, and it should be understood that the described program components and systems can generally be integrated together in a single product or packaged into multiple products. Additionally, other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims. In some cases, the actions recited in the claims can be performed in a different order and still achieve desirable results.
Claims (12)
1.-43. (canceled)
44. A medical apparatus comprising:
a camera;
a flexible cable, the camera attached to the flexible cable;
a rigid platform, the camera supported on the rigid platform; and
a housing, the housing and rigid platform forming a unit, wherein the camera is contained in the housing such that the flexible cable extends from the unit formed by the housing and the rigid platform with the camera therein, wherein the camera and the unit are configured to be lowered or raised within a surgical site formed by an incision in the body by lowering or raising the flexible cable with respect to the surgical site.
45. The medical apparatus of claim 44 , wherein the camera is disposed at a distal end of the unit.
46. The medical apparatus of claim 44 , wherein the camera is configured to be tilted.
47. The medical apparatus of claim 46 , wherein the camera is configured to be tilted inward and downward into the surgical site.
48. The medical apparatus of claim 44 , wherein the camera comprises a sensor and optics arranged with respect to the sensor.
49. The medical apparatus of claim 48 , wherein the housing comprises a window through which an image can be taken via the optics and sensor.
50. The medical apparatus of claim 44 , wherein the housing extends upward at a distal end of the housing.
51. The medical apparatus of claim 44 , wherein the housing is thicker at a distal end.
52. The medical apparatus of claim 44 , wherein the housing comprises smooth curves.
53. The medical apparatus of claim 44 , further comprising a port configured to provide fluid to clean the camera.
54. The medical apparatus of claim 53 , wherein the port is configured to provide liquid and air to clean the camera.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/138,034 US20210361157A1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2020-12-30 | Surgical visualization systems |
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201361880808P | 2013-09-20 | 2013-09-20 | |
US201361920451P | 2013-12-23 | 2013-12-23 | |
US201361921051P | 2013-12-26 | 2013-12-26 | |
US201361921389P | 2013-12-27 | 2013-12-27 | |
US201361922068P | 2013-12-30 | 2013-12-30 | |
US201461923188P | 2014-01-02 | 2014-01-02 | |
US14/491,935 US10881286B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2014-09-19 | Medical apparatus for use with a surgical tubular retractor |
US17/138,034 US20210361157A1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2020-12-30 | Surgical visualization systems |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/491,935 Continuation US10881286B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2014-09-19 | Medical apparatus for use with a surgical tubular retractor |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210361157A1 true US20210361157A1 (en) | 2021-11-25 |
Family
ID=52689472
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/491,935 Active 2038-12-21 US10881286B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2014-09-19 | Medical apparatus for use with a surgical tubular retractor |
US16/042,318 Active US10568499B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-07-23 | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US16/799,168 Active US11147443B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2020-02-24 | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US17/138,034 Abandoned US20210361157A1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2020-12-30 | Surgical visualization systems |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/491,935 Active 2038-12-21 US10881286B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2014-09-19 | Medical apparatus for use with a surgical tubular retractor |
US16/042,318 Active US10568499B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-07-23 | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US16/799,168 Active US11147443B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2020-02-24 | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US10881286B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3046458B1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015042483A2 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20200253464A1 (en) * | 2019-02-08 | 2020-08-13 | Rebound Therapeutics Corporation | Lighted cannula system |
US11389146B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2022-07-19 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization system |
WO2023100178A1 (en) * | 2021-12-01 | 2023-06-08 | Tamar Robotics Ltd | Robotic endoscope configuration for tissue removal |
US11889976B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2024-02-06 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems |
Families Citing this family (47)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10492662B2 (en) | 2012-03-27 | 2019-12-03 | Medigus Ltd. | Integrated endoscope irrigation |
US9782159B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2017-10-10 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems |
WO2015042483A2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2015-03-26 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems |
US10028651B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-07-24 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US10047912B2 (en) | 2013-10-15 | 2018-08-14 | LIFI Labs, Inc. | Lighting assembly |
US9210779B2 (en) | 2013-11-14 | 2015-12-08 | LIFI Labs, Inc. | Resettable lighting system and method |
US9198262B1 (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2015-11-24 | LIFI Labs, Inc. | Directional lighting system and method |
TWI533834B (en) * | 2013-12-10 | 2016-05-21 | Ying-Jie Su | Magnetic manipulation of the surgical lighting device and a hand with a lighting function Assisted system |
GB2524498A (en) * | 2014-03-24 | 2015-09-30 | Scopis Gmbh | Electromagnetic navigation system for microscopic surgery |
CN106465499B (en) | 2014-05-22 | 2018-11-30 | 莱弗实验室公司 | Directional illumination system and method |
WO2016007520A1 (en) | 2014-07-07 | 2016-01-14 | LIFI Labs, Inc. | Switch and method of operation |
US9648448B2 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2017-05-09 | LIFI Labs, Inc. | Power outlet and method of use |
WO2016090336A1 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2016-06-09 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US11154378B2 (en) | 2015-03-25 | 2021-10-26 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US11395406B2 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2022-07-19 | Scoutcam Ltd. | Camera head |
US10687847B2 (en) * | 2015-07-15 | 2020-06-23 | Axcess Instruments Inc. | Access device having modular inserts and supporting accessories used in minimally invasive surgical procedures |
US11918249B2 (en) | 2015-07-15 | 2024-03-05 | Axcess Instruments IP Holding Company | Access device with anchoring body and modular inserts and support structure for supporting accessories used in minimally invasive surgical procedures |
US10278730B2 (en) * | 2015-07-15 | 2019-05-07 | Axcess Instruments Inc. | Access device with anchoring body and modular inserts and support structure for supporting accessories used in minimally invasive surgical procedures |
US10172514B2 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2019-01-08 | Rebound Therapeutics Corporation | Cannula with proximally mounted camera and transparent obturator |
US20170064170A1 (en) * | 2015-09-01 | 2017-03-02 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Optical transmission unit and image capturing apparatus |
US11109916B2 (en) * | 2015-11-09 | 2021-09-07 | Digital Surgicals Pte Ltd | Personalized hand-eye coordinated digital stereo microscopic systems and methods |
US10966798B2 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2021-04-06 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
SG10201510773PA (en) * | 2015-12-30 | 2017-07-28 | Creative Tech Ltd | A method for creating a stereoscopic image sequence |
US20190038367A1 (en) | 2016-01-26 | 2019-02-07 | Cyberdontics, Inc. | Automated dental treatment system |
CN109843200B (en) * | 2016-08-17 | 2020-04-28 | 瑞邦治疗股份有限公司 | Sleeve with proximally mounted camera |
CN111329440B (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2023-03-21 | 瑞邦治疗股份有限公司 | Sleeve with proximally mounted camera |
US10440794B2 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2019-10-08 | LIFI Labs, Inc. | Lighting system and method |
US10918455B2 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2021-02-16 | Camplex, Inc. | Variable light source |
US11717363B2 (en) | 2017-09-08 | 2023-08-08 | Covidien Lp | High precision instrument control mode for robotic surgical systems |
WO2019152523A1 (en) * | 2018-01-30 | 2019-08-08 | Rebound Therapeutics Corporation | Devices and method for access and visualization for lumbar interbody fusion (lif) |
US11039894B2 (en) * | 2018-04-20 | 2021-06-22 | Verb Surgical Inc. | Robotic port placement guide and method of use |
DE102019004233B4 (en) | 2018-06-15 | 2022-09-22 | Mako Surgical Corp. | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRACKING OBJECTS |
US20200107902A1 (en) * | 2018-10-03 | 2020-04-09 | Daniel Ezra Walzman | Osteotomy Device |
US11065021B2 (en) * | 2018-10-03 | 2021-07-20 | Daniel Ezra Walzman | Osteotomy device |
US10624532B1 (en) | 2018-10-10 | 2020-04-21 | Titan Medical Inc. | Camera positioning system, method, and apparatus for capturing images during a medical procedure |
US11147434B2 (en) | 2018-10-10 | 2021-10-19 | Titan Medical Inc. | Systems, methods, and apparatuses for capturing images during a medical procedure |
WO2020089289A2 (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2020-05-07 | Spotlab, S.L. | System for activating digital acquisition of a sample through an optical instrument |
WO2021029936A1 (en) * | 2019-08-12 | 2021-02-18 | Daniel Ezra Walzman | Osteotomy device |
US11070762B2 (en) | 2019-10-10 | 2021-07-20 | Titan Medical Inc. | Imaging apparatus for use in a robotic surgery system |
CN114901201A (en) * | 2019-11-12 | 2022-08-12 | 守路者外科手术有限责任公司 | System, method and computer program product for improved microsurgical use cases |
US20210196315A1 (en) * | 2019-12-29 | 2021-07-01 | Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. | Trocar with movable camera and built-in position sensor |
EP3848779A1 (en) | 2020-01-09 | 2021-07-14 | BHS Technologies GmbH | Head-mounted display system and method for controlling a medical imaging device |
US20230371796A1 (en) * | 2020-09-15 | 2023-11-23 | National University Of Singapore | A less invasive, flexible retractor-camera kit for video assisted endoscopic surgery |
WO2022076755A1 (en) * | 2020-10-09 | 2022-04-14 | Viseon, Inc. | Retractor, distractor, and camera system for cervical procedures |
US11583164B2 (en) * | 2021-05-05 | 2023-02-21 | Ambu A/S | Video processing apparatus |
US20230319254A1 (en) * | 2022-04-02 | 2023-10-05 | Mantis Health, Inc. | Stereoscopic camera adapter for enabling down-hole data capture and transmission |
US11730976B1 (en) | 2022-11-01 | 2023-08-22 | Ip Liberty Corporation | Applicator with a radiation source within a module for treating tissue having enhanced visualization and radiation shielding capabilities |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5674182A (en) * | 1993-02-26 | 1997-10-07 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Endoscope system including endoscope and protection cover |
Family Cites Families (478)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US497064A (en) | 1893-05-09 | Speculum | ||
US3128988A (en) | 1964-04-14 | Turbine driven air bearing dental handpiece | ||
US2826114A (en) | 1954-09-01 | 1958-03-11 | William T K Bryan | Binocular microscopes |
US3050870A (en) | 1961-01-10 | 1962-08-28 | Morton L Heilig | Sensorama simulator |
US3108781A (en) | 1961-04-24 | 1963-10-29 | Jacob A Saffir | Dental engine |
US3141650A (en) | 1963-05-13 | 1964-07-21 | Dentists Supply Co | Dental hand piece |
US3409346A (en) | 1964-07-21 | 1968-11-05 | Stapsy Irving | Afocal projection lens attachment |
US3405990A (en) | 1965-06-25 | 1968-10-15 | Bausch & Lomb | Coaxial illuminator for stereomicroscope |
US3664330A (en) | 1969-09-12 | 1972-05-23 | Harold L Deutsch | Fiber optic medical tool |
JPS499378A (en) | 1972-05-26 | 1974-01-26 | ||
US4056310A (en) | 1975-02-14 | 1977-11-01 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Method and device for ophthalmoscopy |
US4063557A (en) | 1976-04-01 | 1977-12-20 | Cavitron Corporation | Ultrasonic aspirator |
US4167302A (en) | 1976-08-25 | 1979-09-11 | Tokyo Kogaku Kikai Kabushiki Kaisha | Surgical microscopes with L-shaped mounting brackets |
US4176453A (en) | 1976-09-13 | 1979-12-04 | Abbott Sheldon J | Dental drill |
US4087198A (en) | 1977-01-03 | 1978-05-02 | Hollymatic Corporation | Speed governed rotary device |
DE2728070A1 (en) | 1977-06-22 | 1979-01-11 | Bayer Ag | CONTINUOUS PRODUCTION OF NAPHTHALIN-1-SULPHONIC ACID AND 1,5-DISULPHONIC ACID |
US4223676A (en) | 1977-12-19 | 1980-09-23 | Cavitron Corporation | Ultrasonic aspirator |
US4226228A (en) | 1978-11-02 | 1980-10-07 | Shin Hee J | Multiple joint retractor with light |
FR2454513A1 (en) | 1979-04-20 | 1980-11-14 | Micro Mega Sa | DISTRIBUTOR FOR THE PROGRESSIVE AND REVERSIBLE SUPPLY OF AN AIR MOTOR IN PARTICULAR FOR A DENTIST'S HANDPIECE |
JPS5625709A (en) | 1979-08-07 | 1981-03-12 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Objective optical system for endoscope |
US4395731A (en) | 1981-10-16 | 1983-07-26 | Arnold Schoolman | Television microscope surgical method and apparatus therefor |
JPS5987403A (en) | 1982-11-10 | 1984-05-21 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Optical system converting direction of visual field |
JPS60140313A (en) | 1983-12-28 | 1985-07-25 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Diagonally viewing optical system of hard endoscope |
US4562832A (en) | 1984-01-21 | 1986-01-07 | Wilder Joseph R | Medical instrument and light pipe illumination assembly |
US4651201A (en) | 1984-06-01 | 1987-03-17 | Arnold Schoolman | Stereoscopic endoscope arrangement |
US4750488A (en) | 1986-05-19 | 1988-06-14 | Sonomed Technology, Inc. | Vibration apparatus preferably for endoscopic ultrasonic aspirator |
US4922902A (en) | 1986-05-19 | 1990-05-08 | Valleylab, Inc. | Method for removing cellular material with endoscopic ultrasonic aspirator |
US4750902A (en) | 1985-08-28 | 1988-06-14 | Sonomed Technology, Inc. | Endoscopic ultrasonic aspirators |
US4665391A (en) | 1986-02-27 | 1987-05-12 | Warner-Lambert Company | Empty container detector |
US4703314A (en) | 1986-02-27 | 1987-10-27 | Fisher Scientific Group, Inc. | Empty container detector with drop sensor |
JPH0548171Y2 (en) | 1986-05-07 | 1993-12-21 | ||
US4718106A (en) | 1986-05-12 | 1988-01-05 | Weinblatt Lee S | Survey of radio audience |
DE3623613A1 (en) | 1986-07-12 | 1988-01-21 | Zeiss Carl Fa | COAXIAL LIGHTING SYSTEM FOR OPERATING MICROSCOPES |
US4786155A (en) | 1986-12-16 | 1988-11-22 | Fantone Stephen D | Operating microscope providing an image of an obscured object |
US4873572A (en) | 1987-02-27 | 1989-10-10 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Electronic endoscope apparatus |
US5016098A (en) | 1987-03-05 | 1991-05-14 | Fuji Optical Systems, Incorporated | Electronic video dental camera |
JPS63296743A (en) | 1987-05-29 | 1988-12-02 | Mitaka Koki Kk | Stand apparatus for medical optical machinery |
US4813927A (en) | 1987-09-22 | 1989-03-21 | Vitreoretinal Development, Inc. | Parallel infusion apparatus and method |
US5032111A (en) | 1987-09-22 | 1991-07-16 | Vitreoretinal Development, Inc. | Method and apparatus for ocular perfusion |
US4900301A (en) | 1987-09-22 | 1990-02-13 | Vitreoretinal Development, Inc. | Method for ocular perfusion |
US5047009A (en) | 1987-09-22 | 1991-09-10 | Vitreoretinal Development, Inc. | Method and apparatus for ocular perfusion |
GB2212262B (en) | 1987-11-09 | 1992-07-22 | Solinst Canada Ltd | Liquid level detector |
US4920336A (en) | 1988-11-22 | 1990-04-24 | Fisher Scientific Company | Method and apparatus for monitoring the level of the contents in a container |
US5354314A (en) | 1988-12-23 | 1994-10-11 | Medical Instrumentation And Diagnostics Corporation | Three-dimensional beam localization apparatus and microscope for stereotactic diagnoses or surgery mounted on robotic type arm |
US5143054A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1992-09-01 | Adair Edwin Lloyd | Cervical videoscope with detachable camera unit |
US4905670A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1990-03-06 | Adair Edwin Lloyd | Apparatus for cervical videoscopy |
US5098426A (en) | 1989-02-06 | 1992-03-24 | Phoenix Laser Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for precision laser surgery |
US4986622A (en) | 1989-06-08 | 1991-01-22 | Miguel Martinez | Fiber optic light transmission apparatus |
JP2618042B2 (en) | 1989-06-15 | 1997-06-11 | 松下電子工業株式会社 | Inspection method for image display device |
US5201325A (en) | 1989-09-01 | 1993-04-13 | Andronic Devices Ltd. | Advanced surgical retractor |
US5176677A (en) | 1989-11-17 | 1993-01-05 | Sonokinetics Group | Endoscopic ultrasonic rotary electro-cauterizing aspirator |
US5151821A (en) | 1990-10-25 | 1992-09-29 | Mortimer Marks | System and devices for time delay 3d |
US6405072B1 (en) | 1991-01-28 | 2002-06-11 | Sherwood Services Ag | Apparatus and method for determining a location of an anatomical target with reference to a medical apparatus |
US5251613A (en) | 1991-05-06 | 1993-10-12 | Adair Edwin Lloyd | Method of cervical videoscope with detachable camera |
US5221282A (en) | 1991-05-29 | 1993-06-22 | Sonokinetics Group | Tapered tip ultrasonic aspirator |
US5417210A (en) | 1992-05-27 | 1995-05-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for augmentation of endoscopic surgery |
FR2682428B1 (en) | 1991-10-11 | 1993-12-24 | Michele Martinez | DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING AND CONTROLLING THE ROTATION OF A PNEUMATIC TURBINE. |
US5825534A (en) | 1992-04-28 | 1998-10-20 | Carl-Zeiss-Stiftung | Stereoendoscope having a folded sight line |
DE9205870U1 (en) | 1992-05-06 | 1992-09-17 | J.D. Moeller Optische Werke Gmbh, 2000 Wedel, De | |
DE4217889A1 (en) | 1992-05-29 | 1993-12-02 | Wolf Gmbh Richard | Endoscope optics |
JP3485583B2 (en) | 1992-07-08 | 2004-01-13 | 株式会社トプコン | Medical microscope system |
US6450950B2 (en) | 1992-11-12 | 2002-09-17 | Karl Storz Gmbh & Co. Kg | Endoscope having stereo-lateral-view optics |
JPH06175075A (en) | 1992-12-08 | 1994-06-24 | Canon Inc | Picture display device |
US5751341A (en) | 1993-01-05 | 1998-05-12 | Vista Medical Technologies, Inc. | Stereoscopic endoscope system |
JP3537155B2 (en) | 1993-05-07 | 2004-06-14 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical microscope |
US5957832A (en) | 1993-10-08 | 1999-09-28 | Heartport, Inc. | Stereoscopic percutaneous visualization system |
DE69426057T2 (en) | 1993-11-29 | 2001-05-10 | Olympus Optical Co | Arrangement for image rotation and overlay |
JPH07194602A (en) | 1993-12-28 | 1995-08-01 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Abdominal wall lifting device |
US5441059A (en) | 1994-02-02 | 1995-08-15 | Dannan; Patrick A. | Method of minimally invasive surgery |
US5743846A (en) * | 1994-03-17 | 1998-04-28 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Stereoscopic endoscope objective lens system having a plurality of front lens groups and one common rear lens group |
JPH08511715A (en) | 1994-03-24 | 1996-12-10 | フィリップス エレクトロニクス ネムローゼ フェンノートシャップ | Surgical microscope |
JPH07261094A (en) | 1994-03-25 | 1995-10-13 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Microscope for surgical operation |
US5464008A (en) | 1994-04-14 | 1995-11-07 | Kim; John H. | Laparoscope defogging |
FR2719690B1 (en) | 1994-05-04 | 1996-07-19 | Lille Ii Universite | Device and method for simulating an examination or a surgical operation performed on a simulated organ. |
JP3549253B2 (en) | 1994-07-06 | 2004-08-04 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical microscope |
US5584796A (en) | 1994-08-10 | 1996-12-17 | Cohen; Barry J. | Apparatus and method for retracting and viewing bodily tissues on remote display device |
US5575789A (en) | 1994-10-27 | 1996-11-19 | Valleylab Inc. | Energizable surgical tool safety device and method |
JP3402797B2 (en) | 1994-11-07 | 2003-05-06 | オリンパス光学工業株式会社 | Endoscope image display system |
US5593402A (en) | 1994-11-14 | 1997-01-14 | Biosearch Medical Products Inc. | Laparoscopic device having a detachable distal tip |
JP3642812B2 (en) | 1994-11-17 | 2005-04-27 | 株式会社町田製作所 | Medical observation device |
US5537164A (en) | 1994-12-20 | 1996-07-16 | Smith; Alan D. | Retroilluminating indirect gonioprism |
US5667481A (en) | 1995-02-01 | 1997-09-16 | Villalta; Josue J. | Four blade medical retractor |
US5949388A (en) | 1995-03-03 | 1999-09-07 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Head-mounted video display |
US6246898B1 (en) | 1995-03-28 | 2001-06-12 | Sonometrics Corporation | Method for carrying out a medical procedure using a three-dimensional tracking and imaging system |
US5523810C1 (en) | 1995-06-05 | 2001-04-17 | Volk Optical Inc | Indirect ophthalmoscopy contact lens device with compound contact lens element |
US5743731A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-04-28 | Lares Research | Instrument holder with integrated camera capability and interchangeable instrument tips |
US5634790A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-06-03 | Lares Research | Video dental medical instrument |
US6023638A (en) | 1995-07-28 | 2000-02-08 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | System and method for conducting electrophysiological testing using high-voltage energy pulses to stun tissue |
US5716326A (en) | 1995-08-14 | 1998-02-10 | Dannan; Patrick A. | Method for lifting tissue and apparatus for performing same |
DE19532098A1 (en) | 1995-08-30 | 1997-03-06 | Stuemed Gmbh | Device for endoscopic operations, in particular an expandable support epi-hypopharyngo-laryngoscope according to Feyh-Kastenbauer |
US5712995A (en) | 1995-09-20 | 1998-01-27 | Galileo Frames, Inc. | Non-overlapping tiling apparatus and method for multiple window displays |
DE19640907B4 (en) | 1995-10-12 | 2005-09-22 | Carl Zeiss | Surgical microscope with integrated surgical navigation system |
CA2186805C (en) | 1995-12-01 | 2001-03-27 | Christopher C. Jung | Apparatus and method for sensing fluid level |
US5797403A (en) | 1995-12-29 | 1998-08-25 | Dilorenzo; Daniel J. | Method for reduction of neurosurgical edema, hemorrhage, and respiration-induced tissue movement |
US5846249A (en) | 1996-02-07 | 1998-12-08 | Pinotage, Llc | Video gynecological examination apparatus |
US6167296A (en) | 1996-06-28 | 2000-12-26 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Method for volumetric image navigation |
US5822036A (en) | 1996-07-24 | 1998-10-13 | Research Development Foundation | Eye imaging unit having a circular light guide |
US6847336B1 (en) | 1996-10-02 | 2005-01-25 | Jerome H. Lemelson | Selectively controllable heads-up display system |
TW375522B (en) | 1996-10-24 | 1999-12-01 | Danek Medical Inc | Devices for percutaneous surgery under direct visualization and through an elongated cannula |
US6293911B1 (en) | 1996-11-20 | 2001-09-25 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Fluorescent endoscope system enabling simultaneous normal light observation and fluorescence observation in infrared spectrum |
DE19650748A1 (en) | 1996-12-06 | 1998-06-10 | Schmidinger Frank Dipl Ing Fh | Dental turbine |
US5697891A (en) | 1997-01-06 | 1997-12-16 | Vista Medical Technologies, Inc. | Surgical retractor with accessory support |
US5897524A (en) | 1997-03-24 | 1999-04-27 | Wortrich; Theodore S. | Compact cassette for ophthalmic surgery |
US5943914A (en) | 1997-03-27 | 1999-08-31 | Sandia Corporation | Master-slave micromanipulator apparatus |
JP3827429B2 (en) | 1997-04-03 | 2006-09-27 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical microscope |
DE19720148A1 (en) | 1997-05-02 | 1998-11-05 | Arnold & Richter Kg | Film camera with a video mirroring device |
US5803733A (en) | 1997-05-06 | 1998-09-08 | Linvatec Corporation | Pneumatic surgical handpiece and method |
US5913818A (en) | 1997-06-02 | 1999-06-22 | General Surgical Innovations, Inc. | Vascular retractor |
US7306559B2 (en) | 1997-07-02 | 2007-12-11 | Lumitex, Inc. | Illuminated surgical retractor |
DE19736617A1 (en) | 1997-08-22 | 1999-03-11 | Storz Karl Gmbh & Co | Endoscope lens |
WO1999017661A1 (en) | 1997-10-02 | 1999-04-15 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Subcutaneous endoscopic dissector |
US6795238B2 (en) * | 1997-12-02 | 2004-09-21 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Electronic camera for microscope |
US5841510A (en) | 1998-02-11 | 1998-11-24 | Roggy; David L. | Rotatable diagnostic lens for evaluation of the irido-corneal angle, retina and other portions of the eye |
CN2336380Y (en) | 1998-03-06 | 1999-09-01 | 河北医科大学第二医院 | Movable guide rail means for hanging camera in operation room |
US5928139A (en) | 1998-04-24 | 1999-07-27 | Koros; Tibor B. | Retractor with adjustable length blades and light pipe guides |
US6176825B1 (en) | 1998-06-22 | 2001-01-23 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Cannula-based irrigation system and method |
US6139493A (en) | 1998-07-08 | 2000-10-31 | Koros; Tibor B. | Retractor with adjustable length blades and light pipe guides |
CA2243090A1 (en) | 1998-07-10 | 2000-01-10 | Timothy M. Richardson | Inverted darkfield contrast microscope and method |
US6340363B1 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2002-01-22 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Image guided vertebral distractor and method for tracking the position of vertebrae |
US6659939B2 (en) | 1998-11-20 | 2003-12-09 | Intuitive Surgical, Inc. | Cooperative minimally invasive telesurgical system |
US6468265B1 (en) | 1998-11-20 | 2002-10-22 | Intuitive Surgical, Inc. | Performing cardiac surgery without cardioplegia |
US6626825B2 (en) * | 1998-11-25 | 2003-09-30 | Jory Tsai | Medical inspection device |
US6522906B1 (en) | 1998-12-08 | 2003-02-18 | Intuitive Surgical, Inc. | Devices and methods for presenting and regulating auxiliary information on an image display of a telesurgical system to assist an operator in performing a surgical procedure |
US6720988B1 (en) | 1998-12-08 | 2004-04-13 | Intuitive Surgical, Inc. | Stereo imaging system and method for use in telerobotic systems |
DE19858785C2 (en) | 1998-12-18 | 2002-09-05 | Storz Karl Gmbh & Co Kg | Endoscope lens and endoscope with such a lens |
US6633328B1 (en) | 1999-01-05 | 2003-10-14 | Steris Corporation | Surgical lighting system with integrated digital video camera |
US6398721B1 (en) | 1999-02-19 | 2002-06-04 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Surgical microscope apparatus |
US7154527B1 (en) | 1999-02-25 | 2006-12-26 | Visionsense Ltd. | Optical device |
US6217188B1 (en) | 1999-03-04 | 2001-04-17 | Ani-Motion, Inc. | Color changeable fiber-optic illuminated display |
US6527704B1 (en) | 1999-03-10 | 2003-03-04 | Stryker Corporation | Endoscopic camera system integrated with a trocar sleeve |
US6262724B1 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2001-07-17 | Apple Computer, Inc. | User interface for presenting media information |
US20050279355A1 (en) | 1999-05-04 | 2005-12-22 | Loubser Paul G | Superglottic and peri-laryngeal apparatus having video components for structural visualization and for placement of supraglottic, intraglottic, tracheal and esophageal conduits |
CA2272040A1 (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2000-11-13 | Ecole Polytechnique | Robotic observation camera for use in an operating room |
JP3527659B2 (en) | 1999-05-31 | 2004-05-17 | ペンタックス株式会社 | Stereo microscope |
US8229549B2 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2012-07-24 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Surgical imaging device |
ES2204629T3 (en) | 1999-06-18 | 2004-05-01 | Alcon Manufacturing Ltd. | IRRIGATION CONTROL SYSTEM. |
US6179808B1 (en) | 1999-06-18 | 2001-01-30 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Method of controlling the operating parameters of a surgical system |
US6587711B1 (en) | 1999-07-22 | 2003-07-01 | The Research Foundation Of Cuny | Spectral polarizing tomographic dermatoscope |
US6525310B2 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2003-02-25 | Microvision, Inc. | Frequency tunable resonant scanner |
JP4436492B2 (en) | 1999-09-21 | 2010-03-24 | オリンパス株式会社 | Rigid endoscope |
US6661571B1 (en) | 1999-09-21 | 2003-12-09 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Surgical microscopic system |
JP4503748B2 (en) | 1999-12-13 | 2010-07-14 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical microscope |
US6139489A (en) | 1999-10-05 | 2000-10-31 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical device with integrally mounted image sensor |
JP4245750B2 (en) | 1999-10-15 | 2009-04-02 | オリンパス株式会社 | Stereoscopic observation device |
US6354992B1 (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2002-03-12 | Daniel T. Kato | Automated laparoscopic lens cleaner |
US6626445B2 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2003-09-30 | Alcon Universal Ltd. | Cart for surgical console |
US6817975B1 (en) | 2000-01-14 | 2004-11-16 | Intuitive Surgical, Inc. | Endoscope |
JP2001215392A (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2001-08-10 | Asahi Optical Co Ltd | Cam ring rotating mechanism for zoom lens barrel |
DE10004264C2 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2002-06-13 | Storz Karl Gmbh & Co Kg | Device for the intracorporeal, minimally invasive treatment of a patient |
US6440061B1 (en) * | 2000-03-24 | 2002-08-27 | Donald E. Wenner | Laparoscopic instrument system for real-time biliary exploration and stone removal |
US6443594B1 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2002-09-03 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | One-piece lens arrays for collimating and focusing light and led light generators using same |
EP1142536B1 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2002-07-31 | BrainLAB AG | Patient referencing in a medical navigation system using projected light points |
US6416465B2 (en) | 2000-04-14 | 2002-07-09 | Salvador A. Brau | Surgical retractor and related surgical approach to access the anterior lumbar region |
US20010055062A1 (en) | 2000-04-20 | 2001-12-27 | Keiji Shioda | Operation microscope |
JP4754674B2 (en) | 2000-06-27 | 2011-08-24 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical microscope |
US6856827B2 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2005-02-15 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Fluoroscopic tracking and visualization system |
US6579016B2 (en) | 2000-05-31 | 2003-06-17 | Chapman/Leonard Studio Equipment | Camera crane |
US6450706B1 (en) | 2000-05-31 | 2002-09-17 | Chapman/Leonard Studio Equipment | Camera crane |
US8287374B2 (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2012-10-16 | Pryor Timothy R | Reconfigurable control displays for games, toys, and other applications |
JP2002034056A (en) | 2000-07-18 | 2002-01-31 | Scalar Corp | Device and method for picking up stereoscopic image |
US6582358B2 (en) | 2000-09-12 | 2003-06-24 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Stereoscopic endoscope system |
IL138441A (en) | 2000-09-13 | 2005-08-31 | Alex Strovinsky | Tongue depressor and throat viewing assembly |
JP4022145B2 (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2007-12-12 | ゼット − キャット、インコーポレイテッド | Fluoroscopic superposition structure with optical and / or magnetic markers |
US6561999B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2003-05-13 | Alcon Universal Ltd. | Surgical cassette and consumables for combined ophthalmic surgical procedure |
EP1356413A2 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2003-10-29 | Siemens Corporate Research, Inc. | Intra-operative image-guided neurosurgery with augmented reality visualization |
US6805127B1 (en) | 2001-03-26 | 2004-10-19 | Brian Lee Karasic | Intubation protection device |
US6698886B2 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2004-03-02 | Ocular Instruments, Inc. | Iridotomy and trabeculoplasty goniolaser lens |
US6892597B2 (en) | 2001-07-27 | 2005-05-17 | Pelco | Joystick |
JP2003050356A (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2003-02-21 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Surgical microscope |
EP1436658B1 (en) | 2001-09-11 | 2008-06-18 | Leica Microsystems CMS GmbH | Method and device for optically examining an object |
WO2003025838A1 (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2003-03-27 | The Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | Inter-objective baffle system |
US7393211B2 (en) | 2001-10-15 | 2008-07-01 | Alfred Harper Ben Wilkinson | Tooth preparation instrument and system of its use |
US6895267B2 (en) | 2001-10-24 | 2005-05-17 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for guiding and locating functional elements on medical devices positioned in a body |
US20030103191A1 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2003-06-05 | Ocular Instruments, Inc. | Wide angle lens for use with a scanning laser ophthalmoscope |
US6885492B2 (en) | 2001-11-08 | 2005-04-26 | Imaginative Optics, Inc. | Spatial light modulator apparatus |
US7163543B2 (en) | 2001-11-08 | 2007-01-16 | Glaukos Corporation | Combined treatment for cataract and glaucoma treatment |
US6832849B2 (en) | 2001-12-04 | 2004-12-21 | Ccs, Inc. | Light radiation device, light source device, light radiation unit, and light connection mechanism |
US6586890B2 (en) | 2001-12-05 | 2003-07-01 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | LED driver circuit with PWM output |
CA2472577C (en) | 2002-01-15 | 2010-08-03 | Steris Inc. | Surgical lighting control and video system |
DE10203215B4 (en) | 2002-01-28 | 2004-09-09 | Carl Zeiss Jena Gmbh | Microscope, in particular surgical microscope |
ATE360227T1 (en) | 2002-02-04 | 2007-05-15 | Zeiss Carl Surgical Gmbh | STEREO EXAMINATION SYSTEM AND STEREO IMAGING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SAME |
JP3905393B2 (en) | 2002-02-07 | 2007-04-18 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical device |
EP1485011B1 (en) | 2002-03-12 | 2013-02-13 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center | Medical imaging systems |
US6908451B2 (en) | 2002-04-25 | 2005-06-21 | Alcon, Inc. | Liquid venting surgical system |
JP4046545B2 (en) | 2002-04-26 | 2008-02-13 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical microscope |
AU2003231267A1 (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2004-02-16 | Kapp Surgical Instrument, Inc. | Surgical retractors and method of operation |
WO2003098913A2 (en) | 2002-05-16 | 2003-11-27 | Cbyond Inc. | Miniature camera head |
US7473222B2 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2009-01-06 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Instruments and methods for minimally invasive tissue retraction and surgery |
JP2004029554A (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2004-01-29 | Olympus Corp | Image pickup lens unit and image pickup device |
FR2842977A1 (en) | 2002-07-24 | 2004-01-30 | Total Immersion | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENABLING A USER TO MIX REAL-TIME SYNTHESIS IMAGES WITH VIDEO IMAGES |
US6809859B2 (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2004-10-26 | Semrock, Inc. | Optical filter and fluorescence spectroscopy system incorporating the same |
WO2004014244A2 (en) | 2002-08-13 | 2004-02-19 | Microbotics Corporation | Microsurgical robot system |
US6668841B1 (en) | 2002-08-14 | 2003-12-30 | Kuo Hua Chou | Hair clip |
DE10238556A1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2004-03-04 | Kaltenbach & Voigt Gmbh & Co. Kg | Medical or dental rod-shaped handpiece with a display |
US6996460B1 (en) | 2002-10-03 | 2006-02-07 | Advanced Interfaces, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing virtual touch interaction in the drive-thru |
US8137284B2 (en) | 2002-10-08 | 2012-03-20 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Surgical access system and related methods |
DE20216712U1 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2003-01-30 | Geister Medizintechnik Gmbh | retractors |
JP4511360B2 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2010-07-28 | ライカ インストルメンツ(シンガポール)プライベート リミテッド | Stereo microscope or additional unit of stereo microscope |
CA2506357C (en) | 2002-11-23 | 2011-05-24 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Distraction and retraction system for spinal surgery |
US6869398B2 (en) | 2003-01-06 | 2005-03-22 | Theodore G. Obenchain | Four-blade surgical speculum |
JP3717893B2 (en) | 2003-02-10 | 2005-11-16 | オリンパス株式会社 | Surgical microscope |
US7798692B2 (en) | 2003-03-26 | 2010-09-21 | Optim, Inc. | Illumination device |
US20090185392A1 (en) | 2003-03-26 | 2009-07-23 | Optim, Inc. | Detachable illumination system |
US7229201B2 (en) | 2003-03-26 | 2007-06-12 | Optim Inc. | Compact, high-efficiency, high-power solid state light source using a single solid state light-emitting device |
JP2004305367A (en) | 2003-04-04 | 2004-11-04 | Olympus Corp | Stereoscopic observing apparatus |
US7480872B1 (en) | 2003-04-06 | 2009-01-20 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for dynamically resizing windows |
US6942343B2 (en) | 2003-04-07 | 2005-09-13 | Arkadiy Farberov | Optical device for intraocular observation |
JP2004305525A (en) | 2003-04-09 | 2004-11-04 | Sharp Corp | Abdominal wall suspending device with endoscope |
JP2004309930A (en) | 2003-04-09 | 2004-11-04 | Olympus Corp | Stereoscopic observation system |
US20050033117A1 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2005-02-10 | Olympus Corporation | Object observation system and method of controlling object observation system |
GB0315479D0 (en) | 2003-07-02 | 2003-08-06 | Paz Adrian | Virtual ports devices |
US7066879B2 (en) | 2003-07-15 | 2006-06-27 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Insertable device and system for minimal access procedure |
US20050065435A1 (en) | 2003-07-22 | 2005-03-24 | John Rauch | User interface for remote control of medical devices |
US7713058B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2010-05-11 | Atsushi Takahashi | Dental mirror, and an intraoral camera system using the same |
DE10335644B9 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2006-06-01 | Carl Zeiss | microscopy system |
US7432949B2 (en) | 2003-08-20 | 2008-10-07 | Christophe Remy | Mobile videoimaging, videocommunication, video production (VCVP) system |
US7226451B2 (en) | 2003-08-26 | 2007-06-05 | Shluzas Alan E | Minimally invasive access device and method |
DE10341125B4 (en) | 2003-09-06 | 2005-09-01 | Jeromin, Günter E., Prof. Dr. | monitoring device |
AU2004275877B2 (en) | 2003-09-25 | 2008-09-04 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Surgical access system and related methods |
JP5089168B2 (en) | 2003-09-26 | 2012-12-05 | タイダール フォトニクス,インク. | Apparatus and method for extended dynamic range imaging endoscope system |
US7150713B2 (en) | 2003-10-16 | 2006-12-19 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Endoscopic device |
WO2005039423A1 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2005-05-06 | Endius. Inc. | Piercing and tapping instrument and method for preparing a bone to receive an implant |
US7621868B2 (en) | 2004-01-14 | 2009-11-24 | Precision Optics Corporation | Convergence optics for stereoscopic imaging systems |
US7054076B2 (en) | 2004-03-11 | 2006-05-30 | Pinotage, L.L.C. | Lens assembly and optical imaging system using same |
US7435219B2 (en) | 2004-03-25 | 2008-10-14 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Surgical retractor positioning device |
WO2005099560A1 (en) * | 2004-04-12 | 2005-10-27 | Olympus Corporation | Endoscope device |
US7278092B2 (en) | 2004-04-28 | 2007-10-02 | Amplify, Llc | System, method and apparatus for selecting, displaying, managing, tracking and transferring access to content of web pages and other sources |
DE102004022330B3 (en) | 2004-05-06 | 2005-10-20 | Leica Microsystems Schweiz Ag | microscope |
JP4518836B2 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2010-08-04 | Hoya株式会社 | Imaging lens system |
US7150714B2 (en) * | 2004-06-14 | 2006-12-19 | Ebi, L.P. | Minimally invasive surgical spinal exposure system |
US7229408B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2007-06-12 | Ethicon, Inc. | Low profile surgical retractor |
US20060069316A1 (en) | 2004-07-02 | 2006-03-30 | Discus Dental Impressions, Inc. | Retracting devices |
ITBO20040443A1 (en) | 2004-07-16 | 2004-10-16 | Cefla Coop | ORAL CABLE RETRACTOR |
WO2006012535A1 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2006-02-02 | North Carolina State University | Force-determining retraction device and associated method |
US7198397B2 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2007-04-03 | Optim, Inc. | LED endoscope illuminator and methods of mounting within an endoscope |
US8858425B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2014-10-14 | Vivid Medical, Inc. | Disposable endoscope and portable display |
US9033870B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2015-05-19 | Vivid Medical, Inc. | Pluggable vision module and portable display for endoscopy |
US8827899B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2014-09-09 | Vivid Medical, Inc. | Disposable endoscopic access device and portable display |
US8878924B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2014-11-04 | Vivid Medical, Inc. | Disposable microscope and portable display |
US7494463B2 (en) | 2004-10-19 | 2009-02-24 | Nehls Daniel G | Retractor and distractor system for use in anterior cervical disc surgery |
KR100681233B1 (en) | 2004-10-28 | 2007-02-09 | 김재황 | Monitering apparatus for laparoscopice surgery and disply method thereof |
US20060092178A1 (en) | 2004-10-29 | 2006-05-04 | Tanguay Donald O Jr | Method and system for communicating through shared media |
US7140730B2 (en) | 2004-11-08 | 2006-11-28 | Optovue, Inc. | Optical apparatus and method for comprehensive eye diagnosis |
IL165190A (en) | 2004-11-14 | 2012-05-31 | Elbit Systems Ltd | System and method for stabilizing an image |
US7559887B2 (en) | 2004-12-08 | 2009-07-14 | Patrick Dannan | Tool insertion device for use in minimally invasive surgery |
US7568619B2 (en) | 2004-12-15 | 2009-08-04 | Alcon, Inc. | System and method for identifying and controlling ophthalmic surgical devices and components |
US8069420B2 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2011-11-29 | Karl Storz Endoscopy-America, Inc. | System for controlling the communication of medical imaging data |
US8027710B1 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2011-09-27 | Patrick Dannan | Imaging system for endoscopic surgery |
US7785253B1 (en) | 2005-01-31 | 2010-08-31 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Surgical access system and related methods |
DE202005003411U1 (en) | 2005-02-24 | 2006-07-06 | Karl Storz Gmbh & Co. Kg | Multifunctional fluorescence diagnostic system |
US7651465B1 (en) | 2005-03-07 | 2010-01-26 | Jason Scott Sperling | Methods and apparatus for performing minimally invasive surgery |
US20060293557A1 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2006-12-28 | Bracco Imaging, S.P.A. | Methods and apparati for surgical navigation and visualization with microscope ("Micro Dex-Ray") |
US20060235279A1 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-10-19 | Hawkes David T | Less invasive access port system and method for using the same |
CN101175436B (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2011-01-26 | 维拉顿医疗(加拿大)Ulc公司 | Video retractor |
DE102005015522A1 (en) | 2005-04-04 | 2006-10-05 | Karl Storz Gmbh & Co. Kg | Intracorporal probe for human or animal body, has image acquisition unit designed for optical admission of area outside probe, and movably held within housing in order to change movement of admission area |
US20080269730A1 (en) | 2005-04-14 | 2008-10-30 | Dotson Robert S | Ophthalmic Phototherapy Device and Associated Treatment Method |
US20060236264A1 (en) | 2005-04-18 | 2006-10-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Automatic window resize behavior and optimizations |
US8414475B2 (en) | 2005-04-18 | 2013-04-09 | M.S.T. Medical Surgery Technologies Ltd | Camera holder device and method thereof |
JP4879897B2 (en) | 2005-05-10 | 2012-02-22 | 卓也 片岡 | Ophthalmic laser therapy device |
US8971597B2 (en) | 2005-05-16 | 2015-03-03 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Efficient vision and kinematic data fusion for robotic surgical instruments and other applications |
US8932208B2 (en) * | 2005-05-26 | 2015-01-13 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Apparatus and methods for performing minimally-invasive surgical procedures |
US8105236B2 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2012-01-31 | Kyphon Sarl | Surgical access device, system, and methods of use |
US8644910B2 (en) | 2005-07-19 | 2014-02-04 | Biosensors International Group, Ltd. | Imaging protocols |
US20070019916A1 (en) | 2005-07-20 | 2007-01-25 | Pentax Corporation | Stereoscopic illumination endoscope system |
DE102006036768B4 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2007-11-29 | Leica Microsystems (Schweiz) Ag | Stereo microscope after Greenough |
US8911364B2 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2014-12-16 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Spine retractor and distractor device |
JP4537916B2 (en) | 2005-09-09 | 2010-09-08 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Medical stereoscopic observation system |
US7537565B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2009-05-26 | Daniel Bass | Surgical retractor with rotating blades |
US7326183B2 (en) | 2005-09-28 | 2008-02-05 | Alcon, Inc. | Intraocular pressure control |
US7713237B2 (en) | 2005-09-28 | 2010-05-11 | Alcon, Inc. | Surgical cassette for intraocular pressure control |
EP3162318B1 (en) | 2005-10-20 | 2019-10-16 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Auxiliary image display and manipulation on a computer display in a medical robotic system |
US8018579B1 (en) | 2005-10-21 | 2011-09-13 | Apple Inc. | Three-dimensional imaging and display system |
US8358330B2 (en) | 2005-10-21 | 2013-01-22 | True Vision Systems, Inc. | Stereoscopic electronic microscope workstation |
US7874982B2 (en) * | 2005-11-02 | 2011-01-25 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Illuminated surgical access system including a surgical access device and coupled light emitter |
CN101356534B (en) | 2005-11-12 | 2010-09-08 | 克希瑞克斯公司 | Machine vision system for three-dimensional metrology and inspection in the semiconductor industry |
US8480576B2 (en) | 2005-12-07 | 2013-07-09 | Faheem A. Sandhu | Access system for minimally invasive spinal surgery |
US20070173853A1 (en) | 2006-01-11 | 2007-07-26 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | System and Method for Centering Surgical Cutting Tools About the Spinous Process or Other Bone Structure |
US8409088B2 (en) | 2006-01-18 | 2013-04-02 | Invuity, Inc. | Retractor illumination system |
US8876687B2 (en) | 2006-03-08 | 2014-11-04 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Surgical retractor and retractor assembly |
US8012089B2 (en) | 2006-05-22 | 2011-09-06 | Ardeshir Bayat | Disposable expandable cordless lighted retractor |
US8992425B2 (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2015-03-31 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Surgical retractor system |
US7935053B2 (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2011-05-03 | Globus Medical, Inc | Surgical Retractor System |
US9579088B2 (en) | 2007-02-20 | 2017-02-28 | Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska | Methods, systems, and devices for surgical visualization and device manipulation |
US7786457B2 (en) | 2006-06-28 | 2010-08-31 | Alcon, Inc. | Systems and methods of non-invasive level sensing for a surgical cassette |
JP2008006089A (en) | 2006-06-29 | 2008-01-17 | Mitaka Koki Co Ltd | Operating microscope system |
US7800820B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2010-09-21 | Richard Awdeh | Microscope viewing device |
US7764370B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2010-07-27 | Alcon, Inc. | System and method to zero chambers in a surgical cassette |
WO2008008840A2 (en) | 2006-07-11 | 2008-01-17 | Alpinespine Llc | Selectively locking minimally traumatic access port |
US7644889B2 (en) | 2006-07-18 | 2010-01-12 | Insitu, Inc. | Fluid sensing system and methods, including vehicle fuel sensors |
US8464177B2 (en) | 2006-07-26 | 2013-06-11 | Roy Ben-Yoseph | Window resizing in a graphical user interface |
WO2008015666A2 (en) | 2006-08-01 | 2008-02-07 | Shaul Shohat | System and method for telesurgery |
US7728868B2 (en) | 2006-08-02 | 2010-06-01 | Inneroptic Technology, Inc. | System and method of providing real-time dynamic imagery of a medical procedure site using multiple modalities |
US7927272B2 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2011-04-19 | Avantis Medical Systems, Inc. | Surgical port with embedded imaging device |
US8840626B2 (en) | 2006-10-18 | 2014-09-23 | Hologic, Inc. | Systems for performing gynecological procedures with simultaneous tissue cutting and removal |
US20080094583A1 (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2008-04-24 | Williams R Stanley | Non-visible light control of active screen optical properties |
US8768157B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2014-07-01 | DigitalOptics Corporation MEMS | Multiple degree of freedom actuator |
US20080147018A1 (en) * | 2006-12-15 | 2008-06-19 | Squilla John R | Laparoscopic cannula with camera and lighting |
IL188169A (en) | 2006-12-18 | 2011-06-30 | Visionsense Ltd | High resolution endoscope |
US8814779B2 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2014-08-26 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Stereoscopic endoscope |
US8498695B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2013-07-30 | Novadaq Technologies Inc. | Imaging system with a single color image sensor for simultaneous fluorescence and color video endoscopy |
US7872746B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2011-01-18 | Alcon, Inc. | Single light source uniform parallel light curtain |
US20080183038A1 (en) | 2007-01-30 | 2008-07-31 | Loma Vista Medical, Inc. | Biological navigation device |
MX2009008429A (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2010-02-24 | Skeletal Dynamics Llc | Endo-surgical device and method. |
WO2008100530A2 (en) | 2007-02-12 | 2008-08-21 | Engineered Medical Solutions Company, Llc | Surgical illumination device |
US8202216B2 (en) | 2007-03-08 | 2012-06-19 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Tissue retractor |
JP5654340B2 (en) | 2007-04-11 | 2015-01-14 | ジーブイビービー ホールディングス エス.エイ.アール.エル. | Aspect ratio suggestions for resizable video windows |
US20080269564A1 (en) | 2007-04-17 | 2008-10-30 | Coopersurgical, Incorporated | Surgical retractor system and method |
WO2008141270A2 (en) | 2007-05-10 | 2008-11-20 | Mora Assad F | Stereoscopic three dimensional visualization system and method of use |
DE102007041003A1 (en) | 2007-05-31 | 2008-12-04 | Carl Zeiss Surgical Gmbh | Surgical microscope with illumination device |
EP2153783A1 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2010-02-17 | Marcela Cárdenas | Medical device for exploring and operating on the abdominal cavity and the pelvic cavity |
US8982203B2 (en) | 2007-06-06 | 2015-03-17 | Karl Storz Gmbh & Co. Kg | Video system for viewing an object on a body |
US8294733B2 (en) | 2007-06-08 | 2012-10-23 | Olympus Corporation | Endoscopic image viewing program and method |
US8419634B2 (en) | 2007-06-12 | 2013-04-16 | University Hospitals Of Cleveland | Apparatus and method for airway management |
US8460184B2 (en) | 2009-12-11 | 2013-06-11 | University Hospitals Of Cleveland | Airway management |
US20080310181A1 (en) | 2007-06-15 | 2008-12-18 | Microalign Technologies, Inc. | Brightness with reduced optical losses |
US9211059B2 (en) | 2007-06-19 | 2015-12-15 | Minimally Invasive Devices, Inc. | Systems and methods for optimizing and maintaining visualization of a surgical field during the use of surgical scopes |
US9050036B2 (en) | 2007-06-19 | 2015-06-09 | Minimally Invasive Devices, Inc. | Device for maintaining visualization with surgical scopes |
WO2009004610A2 (en) | 2007-07-05 | 2009-01-08 | Coromedic Ltd. | Device for harvesting a blood vessel |
US20090030436A1 (en) | 2007-07-27 | 2009-01-29 | Charles Steven T | Hydraulic acuation for microsurgical instruments |
WO2009023136A2 (en) | 2007-08-10 | 2009-02-19 | Yale University | Suspension/retraction device for surgical manipulation |
CN100582855C (en) | 2007-08-23 | 2010-01-20 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Endoscopy lens and endoscopy device |
WO2009051013A1 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2009-04-23 | Mitaka Kohki Co., Ltd. | Head-mounted binocular loupe device |
US20090105543A1 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2009-04-23 | Miller Eric C | Endoscope Lens Cleaner |
US8088066B2 (en) | 2007-10-24 | 2012-01-03 | Invuity, Inc. | Blade insert illuminator |
US20090137893A1 (en) | 2007-11-27 | 2009-05-28 | University Of Washington | Adding imaging capability to distal tips of medical tools, catheters, and conduits |
US9050004B2 (en) | 2007-12-07 | 2015-06-09 | Socorro Medical, Inc. | Endoscopic system for accessing constrained surgical spaces |
WO2009089043A2 (en) | 2008-01-09 | 2009-07-16 | Ezc Medical Llc. | Intubation systems and methods |
GB0800835D0 (en) | 2008-01-17 | 2008-02-27 | Cardioprec Ltd | Retractor |
US20090190371A1 (en) | 2008-01-24 | 2009-07-30 | Optim, Inc. | Monolithic illumination device |
GB2494723B (en) * | 2008-03-07 | 2013-05-08 | Milwaukee Electric Tool Corp | Visual inspection device |
US8808164B2 (en) | 2008-03-28 | 2014-08-19 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Controlling a robotic surgical tool with a display monitor |
US8155479B2 (en) | 2008-03-28 | 2012-04-10 | Intuitive Surgical Operations Inc. | Automated panning and digital zooming for robotic surgical systems |
JP2009240634A (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2009-10-22 | Olympus Corp | Endoscope apparatus |
KR101398478B1 (en) | 2008-04-10 | 2014-05-26 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal using variable menu icon and control method thereof |
US8228368B2 (en) | 2008-04-26 | 2012-07-24 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Augmented stereoscopic visualization for a surgical robot using a captured fluorescence image and captured stereoscopic visible images |
BRPI0910688A2 (en) | 2008-05-07 | 2017-06-27 | Synthes Gmbh | method and apparatus for laterally accessing an intervertebral disc space |
US8018523B2 (en) | 2008-05-13 | 2011-09-13 | Samsung Techwin Co., Ltd. | Imaging optical system for image sensor |
JP2009288296A (en) | 2008-05-27 | 2009-12-10 | Mitaka Koki Co Ltd | Stereoscopic image display device |
DE102008028482B4 (en) | 2008-06-13 | 2021-11-25 | Carl Zeiss Meditec Ag | Optical observation device with multi-channel data overlay and method for overlaying electronic overlay images in an optical observation device |
US8267853B2 (en) | 2008-06-23 | 2012-09-18 | Southwest Research Institute | System and method for overlaying ultrasound imagery on a laparoscopic camera display |
US8083673B2 (en) | 2008-06-25 | 2011-12-27 | Howard Steven Rosen | Examination apparatus |
US9179832B2 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2015-11-10 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Medical robotic system with image referenced camera control using partitionable orientational and translational modes |
JP4626682B2 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2011-02-09 | ソニー株式会社 | Imaging device |
US20100013910A1 (en) | 2008-07-21 | 2010-01-21 | Vivid Medical | Stereo viewer |
ES2683029T3 (en) * | 2008-07-24 | 2018-09-24 | OrthAlign, Inc. | Joint replacement systems |
CA2738044C (en) | 2008-09-24 | 2018-10-02 | Dentsply International Inc. | Imaging device for dental instruments and methods for intra-oral viewing |
US20100081919A1 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-01 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Histological facilitation systems and methods |
EP2350583B1 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2019-08-14 | Novadaq Technologies ULC | Compensating optical coupler for visible and nir imaging |
WO2010050244A1 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2010-05-06 | 合同会社ジャパン・メディカル・クリエーティブ | Illumination system for surgical operation |
JP4858525B2 (en) | 2008-11-04 | 2012-01-18 | ソニー株式会社 | Camera control apparatus and camera control method |
GB2465607A (en) | 2008-11-25 | 2010-05-26 | St Microelectronics | CMOS imager structures |
JP4750175B2 (en) | 2008-11-28 | 2011-08-17 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Stereo optical system, and stereo measurement optical apparatus, stereo measurement apparatus, and stereo observation apparatus using the same |
US9717403B2 (en) | 2008-12-05 | 2017-08-01 | Jeffrey B. Kleiner | Method and apparatus for performing retro peritoneal dissection |
CN102307511B (en) | 2008-12-10 | 2015-06-03 | 微创设备股份有限公司 | Systems for optimizing and maintaining visualization of a surgical field during the use of surgical scopes |
WO2010077987A1 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2010-07-08 | Glaukos Corporation | Gonioscope for improved viewing |
US8335590B2 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2012-12-18 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | System and method for adjusting an image capturing device attribute using an unused degree-of-freedom of a master control device |
WO2010079817A1 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2010-07-15 | 三鷹光器株式会社 | Stereo-endoscope |
US20100182340A1 (en) | 2009-01-19 | 2010-07-22 | Bachelder Edward N | Systems and methods for combining virtual and real-time physical environments |
WO2011126812A1 (en) | 2010-03-29 | 2011-10-13 | Endoclear, Llc | Airway cleaning and visualization |
US8351434B1 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2013-01-08 | Olympus Corporation | Methods and systems for data communication over wireless communication channels |
KR20110118815A (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2011-11-01 | 엑셀리타스 테크놀로지스 엘이디 솔루션스, 인크. | Led illumination device |
WO2010098871A2 (en) | 2009-02-26 | 2010-09-02 | Amir Belson | Improved apparatus and methods for hybrid endoscopic and laparoscopic surgery |
US8062218B2 (en) | 2009-02-27 | 2011-11-22 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Surgical access instrument |
JP5259457B2 (en) | 2009-03-03 | 2013-08-07 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Electronic image observation device |
MY149480A (en) | 2009-03-26 | 2013-08-30 | Univ Malaya | An apparatus for surgery |
EP2410935B1 (en) | 2009-03-27 | 2019-11-13 | Endosphere Surgical, Inc. | Cannula with integrated camera and illumination |
CN101518438A (en) | 2009-03-27 | 2009-09-02 | 南开大学 | Binocular endoscope operation visual system |
WO2010114843A1 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2010-10-07 | Charles Luley Associates, Inc. Dba Cla Medical | Injection of secondary images into microscope viewing fields |
US20110178395A1 (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2011-07-21 | Carl Zeiss Surgical Gmbh | Imaging method and system |
US8908058B2 (en) | 2009-04-18 | 2014-12-09 | Lytro, Inc. | Storage and transmission of pictures including multiple frames |
WO2010123578A1 (en) | 2009-04-23 | 2010-10-28 | Lipow Kenneth I | Ring form surgical effector |
US7806865B1 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2010-10-05 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Pressurized irrigation squeeze band |
TW201043186A (en) | 2009-06-02 | 2010-12-16 | hui-yu Zhang | Tongue spatula device |
US9155592B2 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2015-10-13 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Virtual measurement tool for minimally invasive surgery |
EP2865322B1 (en) | 2009-06-18 | 2020-07-22 | EndoChoice, Inc. | Multi-camera endoscope |
US9492063B2 (en) * | 2009-06-18 | 2016-11-15 | Endochoice Innovation Center Ltd. | Multi-viewing element endoscope |
RU2533335C2 (en) | 2009-07-08 | 2014-11-20 | Конинклейке Филипс Электроникс Н.В. | Devices and methods for control of liquid volume in tank |
US7766480B1 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2010-08-03 | Ocular Instruments, Inc. | Gonio lens with geometric reference |
US8152720B2 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2012-04-10 | Thomas Stuart Loftus | Retracto component system and method of using same |
DE102009036913B4 (en) | 2009-08-11 | 2016-01-28 | Carl Zeiss Meditec Ag | Surgical microscope with illumination device |
EP2466341A1 (en) | 2009-08-13 | 2012-06-20 | FUJIFILM Corporation | Wafer-level lens, wafer-level lens production method, and imaging unit |
US9955858B2 (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2018-05-01 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical instrument and method for use |
CA2676009A1 (en) | 2009-08-24 | 2011-02-24 | Cameron L. Cormack | A method and system for identifying and tracking reusable plastic milk crates |
JP2011084060A (en) | 2009-09-17 | 2011-04-28 | Fujifilm Corp | Master model of lens array and method of manufacturing the same |
WO2011033495A1 (en) | 2009-09-17 | 2011-03-24 | Atropos Limited | An instrument access device |
EP2498667A4 (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2017-12-27 | California Institute of Technology | Stereo imaging miniature endoscope with single imaging chip and conjugated multi-bandpass filters |
US20110115891A1 (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2011-05-19 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Energy delivery apparatus, system, and method for deployable medical electronic devices |
US8521331B2 (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2013-08-27 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Patient-side surgeon interface for a minimally invasive, teleoperated surgical instrument |
US8747309B2 (en) | 2010-11-09 | 2014-06-10 | Covidien Lp | Suspension system for minimally invasive surgery |
JP2011118741A (en) | 2009-12-04 | 2011-06-16 | Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc | Joystick device and camera control unit |
WO2011069469A1 (en) | 2009-12-11 | 2011-06-16 | Hospital Authority | Stereoscopic visualization system for surgery |
WO2011076213A1 (en) | 2009-12-21 | 2011-06-30 | Martin Professional A/S | Projecting illumination device with multiple light sources |
WO2011087801A1 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2011-07-21 | Integrated Endoscopy, Inc. | Endoscope with different color light sources |
US9307971B2 (en) | 2010-02-01 | 2016-04-12 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Surgical retractor instrument systems and methods of using the same |
US8974380B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2015-03-10 | Meni-Med Ltd | Surgical retractor |
EP2433552B1 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2013-01-16 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Light source apparatus and endoscope system |
US9498298B2 (en) | 2010-04-23 | 2016-11-22 | Kenneth I. Lipow | Ring form surgical effector |
DE102010022298A1 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2011-12-01 | Carl Zeiss Meditec Ag | Apparatus and method for cataract surgery |
CN103220963A (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2013-07-24 | R·S·米尔拉伊 | Integrated fiber optic ophthalmic intraocular surgical device with camera |
US9655605B2 (en) | 2010-06-14 | 2017-05-23 | Maquet Cardiovascular Llc | Surgical instruments, systems and methods of use |
US8836723B2 (en) | 2010-06-18 | 2014-09-16 | Vantage Surgical Systems, Inc. | Augmented reality methods and systems including optical merging of a plurality of component optical images |
DE102010030285A1 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2011-12-22 | Olympus Winter & Ibe Gmbh | Device for inserting and holding intra-abdominal camera into abdominal cavity of patient during e.g. single port access surgery, has shaft whose distal extremity comprises retainer, and trocar comprising opening for rigid portion of shaft |
US9516207B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2016-12-06 | Marc S. Lemchen | Exam-cam robotic systems and methods |
US8295693B2 (en) | 2010-07-02 | 2012-10-23 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Dual optical path prism and camera in a minimally invasive surgical system |
US8876711B2 (en) | 2010-07-14 | 2014-11-04 | Shanghai Linjing Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. | Vaginal dilator having upper or lower accessorial blades or side blades |
US8136779B2 (en) | 2010-07-27 | 2012-03-20 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Mounting arrangement for a pressurized irrigation system |
US20120029280A1 (en) | 2010-07-29 | 2012-02-02 | Cannuflow, Inc. | Arthroscopic System |
US20120041534A1 (en) | 2010-08-10 | 2012-02-16 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Stent delivery system with integrated camera |
US8827902B2 (en) | 2010-08-16 | 2014-09-09 | Donald David DIETZE, Jr. | Surgical instrument system and method for providing retraction and vertebral distraction |
JP5685406B2 (en) | 2010-09-06 | 2015-03-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image pickup apparatus and operation method thereof |
DE102010044502A1 (en) | 2010-09-06 | 2012-03-08 | Leica Microsystems (Schweiz) Ag | Special lighting Video Operations stereomicroscope |
US8702592B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2014-04-22 | David Allan Langlois | System and method for inhibiting injury to a patient during laparoscopic surgery |
WO2012047962A1 (en) | 2010-10-06 | 2012-04-12 | Battelle Memorial Institute | Stereoscopic camera |
US8922884B2 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2014-12-30 | Global Surgical Corporation | Flexible objective lens assembly and microscope |
US20120089093A1 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2012-04-12 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Seal arrangement for minimally invasive diagnostic or surgical instruments |
US8870756B2 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2014-10-28 | ERBE-USA, Inc. | Hybrid apparatus for fluid supply for endoscopic irrigation and lens cleaning |
US9918617B2 (en) | 2010-11-02 | 2018-03-20 | Covidien Lp | Mountable camera for laparoscopic surgery |
WO2012068532A2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2012-05-24 | Reald Inc. | Directional flat illuminators |
WO2012078989A1 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2012-06-14 | Wayne State University | Intelligent autonomous camera control for robotics with medical, military, and space applications |
US9339176B2 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2016-05-17 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Tools for transoral surgery |
JP5309120B2 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2013-10-09 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Endoscope device |
CA2825589A1 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2012-08-02 | George A. Luiken | Method for combined imaging and treating organs and tissues |
DE202011003666U1 (en) | 2011-03-07 | 2012-06-12 | Staubli Faverges | Camera system with six axes of rotation for moving a camera |
KR20140000329A (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-01-02 | 노바다크 테크놀러지즈 인코포레이티드 | Full spectrum led illuminator |
US8009141B1 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2011-08-30 | Google Inc. | Seeing with your hand |
EP2821004B1 (en) | 2011-04-18 | 2015-08-05 | Karl Storz GmbH & Co. KG | Exoscope |
US20120330129A1 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2012-12-27 | Richard Awdeh | Medical visualization systems and related methods of use |
TW201302147A (en) | 2011-07-06 | 2013-01-16 | Ying-Jie Su | Surgical device |
WO2013016651A1 (en) | 2011-07-28 | 2013-01-31 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Camera configuration for three-dimensional imaging of interior spaces |
US9554866B2 (en) | 2011-08-09 | 2017-01-31 | Covidien Lp | Apparatus and method for using a remote control system in surgical procedures |
US8734328B2 (en) | 2011-08-12 | 2014-05-27 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Increased resolution and dynamic range image capture unit in a surgical instrument and method |
US8672838B2 (en) | 2011-08-12 | 2014-03-18 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Image capture unit in a surgical instrument |
US20150112148A1 (en) | 2011-09-02 | 2015-04-23 | Jean Bouquet | Vaginal Speculum |
US8460187B2 (en) | 2011-09-02 | 2013-06-11 | Jean Bouquet | Vaginal speculum |
US9330477B2 (en) | 2011-09-22 | 2016-05-03 | Digital Surgicals Pte. Ltd. | Surgical stereo vision systems and methods for microsurgery |
US8721529B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2014-05-13 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Devices and methods for providing suction and/or irrigation in a surgical procedure |
US20130159015A1 (en) | 2011-12-19 | 2013-06-20 | Charles David O'CON | Surgery monitor system |
CN102495463A (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2012-06-13 | 苏州康捷医疗股份有限公司 | Visual three-dimensional stereoscopic imaging method and operation microscope utilizing same |
US20140378843A1 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2014-12-25 | The Trustees Of Dartmouth College | Method And Apparatus For Quantitative Hyperspectral Fluorescence And Reflectance Imaging For Surgical Guidance |
US20130197313A1 (en) | 2012-01-31 | 2013-08-01 | Shaw P. Wan | Surgical retractor with light |
US8852090B2 (en) | 2012-03-13 | 2014-10-07 | Globus Medical, Inc. | System and method for retracting body tissue |
US20130250081A1 (en) | 2012-03-21 | 2013-09-26 | Covidien Lp | System and method for determining camera angles by using virtual planes derived from actual images |
US20130298208A1 (en) | 2012-05-06 | 2013-11-07 | Mourad Ben Ayed | System for mobile security |
EP2854656B1 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2018-08-22 | The Board of Regents of the University of Oklahoma | Surgical retractor system |
US10039440B2 (en) | 2012-06-11 | 2018-08-07 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Systems and methods for cleaning a minimally invasive instrument |
US9642606B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-05-09 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization system |
US9615728B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-04-11 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization system with camera tracking |
US20140081659A1 (en) | 2012-09-17 | 2014-03-20 | Depuy Orthopaedics, Inc. | Systems and methods for surgical and interventional planning, support, post-operative follow-up, and functional recovery tracking |
DE102012218863A1 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2014-04-17 | Arnold & Richter Cine Technik Gmbh & Co. Betriebs Kg | Stereoscopic imaging system |
EP2912405B1 (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2017-10-18 | 7D Surgical Inc. | Integrated illumination and optical surface topology detection system and methods of use thereof |
CN202920720U (en) | 2012-11-29 | 2013-05-08 | 卢全 | Automatic alarm device for transfusion |
US8988779B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2015-03-24 | Sutter Instrument Company | System and method for combining light beams |
US9634225B2 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2017-04-25 | Apple Inc. | Artificial muscle camera lens actuator |
RU2015124802A (en) | 2012-12-24 | 2017-01-27 | Новадак Текнолоджис Инк. | ENDOLUMINAL CONDUCTOR |
WO2014102561A1 (en) | 2012-12-26 | 2014-07-03 | Verathon Medical (Canada) Ulc | Video retractor |
JP2016032485A (en) * | 2012-12-27 | 2016-03-10 | 国立大学法人 東京医科歯科大学 | Endoscopic surgery support system and image control method |
US20140198190A1 (en) | 2013-01-16 | 2014-07-17 | Kris Okumu | Wearable surgical imaging device with semi-transparent screen |
JP2014170084A (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2014-09-18 | Mitaka Koki Co Ltd | Surgery microscope system |
US9782159B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2017-10-10 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems |
JP2016512617A (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2016-04-28 | オーエフエス ファイテル,エルエルシー | Collimate the light and collect it in the optical fiber |
US9072501B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-07-07 | Regents Of The University Of Minnesota | Micro-orifice surgical access system |
US10231626B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-03-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Imaging system and method for fluorescence guided surgery |
JP6107276B2 (en) | 2013-03-22 | 2017-04-05 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Head-mounted display device and method for controlling head-mounted display device |
WO2014172492A1 (en) | 2013-04-17 | 2014-10-23 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Expandable dilator |
DE102013208306B4 (en) | 2013-05-06 | 2022-12-15 | ARRI Medical GmbH | Electronic stereoscopic microscope |
WO2014192876A1 (en) | 2013-05-30 | 2014-12-04 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Imaging system and imaging method |
CN105518437A (en) | 2013-06-10 | 2016-04-20 | 莱乐温特处理有限公司 | Systems and methods for infrared detection |
US20150080982A1 (en) | 2013-09-13 | 2015-03-19 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Window in a Case of an Implantable Medical Device to Facilitate Optical Communications With External Devices |
WO2015042483A2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2015-03-26 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems |
US10028651B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2018-07-24 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US20150297311A1 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2015-10-22 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems |
US9999350B2 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2018-06-19 | Novartis Ag | Reduced glare surgical microscope and associated devices, systems, and methods |
WO2016090336A1 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2016-06-09 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US11154378B2 (en) | 2015-03-25 | 2021-10-26 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US10966798B2 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2021-04-06 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US10918455B2 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2021-02-16 | Camplex, Inc. | Variable light source |
WO2018217951A1 (en) | 2017-05-24 | 2018-11-29 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems and displays |
US20200318810A1 (en) | 2018-11-07 | 2020-10-08 | Camplex, Inc. | Variable light source |
-
2014
- 2014-09-19 WO PCT/US2014/056681 patent/WO2015042483A2/en active Application Filing
- 2014-09-19 US US14/491,935 patent/US10881286B2/en active Active
- 2014-09-19 EP EP14846410.0A patent/EP3046458B1/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-07-23 US US16/042,318 patent/US10568499B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-02-24 US US16/799,168 patent/US11147443B2/en active Active
- 2020-12-30 US US17/138,034 patent/US20210361157A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5674182A (en) * | 1993-02-26 | 1997-10-07 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Endoscope system including endoscope and protection cover |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11389146B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2022-07-19 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization system |
US11889976B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2024-02-06 | Camplex, Inc. | Surgical visualization systems |
US20200253464A1 (en) * | 2019-02-08 | 2020-08-13 | Rebound Therapeutics Corporation | Lighted cannula system |
WO2023100178A1 (en) * | 2021-12-01 | 2023-06-08 | Tamar Robotics Ltd | Robotic endoscope configuration for tissue removal |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3046458A2 (en) | 2016-07-27 |
US10568499B2 (en) | 2020-02-25 |
US20150141755A1 (en) | 2015-05-21 |
US20210015355A1 (en) | 2021-01-21 |
EP3046458B1 (en) | 2020-10-21 |
EP3046458A4 (en) | 2017-07-26 |
WO2015042483A3 (en) | 2015-05-14 |
US20190053700A1 (en) | 2019-02-21 |
US10881286B2 (en) | 2021-01-05 |
WO2015042483A2 (en) | 2015-03-26 |
US11147443B2 (en) | 2021-10-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20210361157A1 (en) | Surgical visualization systems | |
US20230145221A1 (en) | Surgical visualization systems | |
US11889976B2 (en) | Surgical visualization systems | |
US10932766B2 (en) | Surgical visualization systems | |
JP7026645B2 (en) | Clot drainage and visualization device and usage | |
US20080147018A1 (en) | Laparoscopic cannula with camera and lighting |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |